API tools faq
paste
Lunos

Red Chapter Beta 14.5 Walkthrough

Lunos
Mar 28th, 2019
9,501
0
Never
Add comment
Not a member of Pastebin yet? Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!
text 287.17 KB | None | 0 0
raw download clone embed print report
  1. This guide was written by Allen Ceedos from PokeCommunity and posted the 27 of March from 2019.
  2. I DID NOT make this guide and all the credits for it go to Allen.
  3. I am simply reposting this walkthrough on Pastebin because it's more convenient than the original obtention method (a download from Zippyshare), naturally, with Allen's permission.
  4. https://i.imgur.com/ZxBHWuf.png
  5. ---------------------------------------------------
  6.  
  7. Pokemon Adventure Red Chapter Beta 14.5 Walkthrough
  8. ---------------------------------------------------
  9.  
  10. Information
  11.  
  12. Name: Pokemon Adventures: Red Chapter
  13. Type: GBA
  14. Hack of: FireRed
  15. Language: English
  16. Creator: Aethestode (rockmanmegaman)
  17.  
  18. Features
  19.  
  20. - Extra events and chapters.
  21. - New music.
  22. - Two rivals in the game.
  23. - The level cap was raised to 255.
  24. - New OWs for NPC.
  25. - New Trainer Sprites.
  26. - New scripts, events and secrets to discover.
  27. - D/P/P Fonts and Textbox.
  28. - Revamped Battle System (New moves and abilities, Physical and Special Split, etc).
  29. - Reusable TM.
  30. - New additional Pokémon Typing.
  31. - EV and IV stat check.
  32. - Mega Evolution, Primal Reversion, Battle Bond and Fusion.
  33. - Brand new items.
  34. - Much, much, much more waiting for you!
  35.  
  36. ======================================================================
  37.  
  38. Navigation Table
  39. ----------------
  40.  
  41. Introduction
  42. Opening Scene
  43. Prologue - 10 Years ago
  44. [000]...........Pallet Town
  45. [A].............Chapter 1 - Phantom Pokemon
  46. [B].............Chapter 2 - Missing Pokemon
  47. [001]...........Viridian City
  48. [C].............Chapter 3 - Saving Kangaskhan
  49. [002]...........Viridian Forest
  50. [D].............Chapter 4 - Electric Rodent
  51. [003]...........Pewter City
  52. [E].............Chapter 5 - Boulder Badge
  53. [F].............Chapter 6 - Mount Moon
  54. [G].............Chapter 7 - Cascade Badge Chapter
  55. [004]...........Cerulean City
  56. [H].............Chapter 8 - S.S. Anne Robbery
  57. [I].............Chapter 9 - Bike Contest
  58. [005]...........Vermilion City
  59. [006]...........Lavender Town
  60. ([J].............Chapter 10 - Lavender Town Chapter)
  61. [K].............Chapter 11 - Wartortle Wars
  62. [007]...........Celadon City
  63. [008]...........Floral City
  64. [L].............Chapter 12 - Breaking In
  65. [M].............Chapter 13 - Mew Hunt
  66. [N].............Chapter 14 - Ninetale Tails
  67. [O].............Chapter 15 - Eeveelution
  68. [P].............Chapter 16 - Rainbow Badge
  69. [009]...........Fuchsia City
  70. [Q].............Chapter 17 - Molten Magmar
  71. [R].............Chapter 18 - Deep Sea Search
  72. [S].............Chapter 19 - Articuno Chapter
  73. [010]...........Cinnabar Island
  74. [T].............Chapter 20 - Volcano Badge
  75. [U].............Chapter 21 - Pallet Heroes
  76. [V].............Chapter 22 - Mime Game
  77. [W].............Chapter 23 - Silph Co
  78. [011]...........Saffron City
  79. [X].............Chapter 24 - Hero VS Villain
  80. [Y].............Chapter 25 - Zapmolcuno
  81. [Z].............Chapter 26 - Unknown Dungeon
  82. [AA]............Chapter 27 - Yellow Gift
  83. [AB]............Chapter 28 - Team Rocket
  84. [AC]............Chapter 29 - Indigo League
  85. Orange Archipelago Saga
  86. [AD]............Chapter 01 - Thrill Ride
  87. [AE]............Chapter 02 - Professor Ivy
  88. [012]...........Valencia Island
  89. [AF]............Chapter 03 - Wildlife Park
  90. [013]...........Tangelo Island
  91. [AG]............Chapter 04 - Jailbreak
  92. [AH]............Chapter 05 - Mikan Island Gym
  93. [014]...........Mikan Island
  94. [AI]............Chapter 06 - Drowsing Drowzee
  95. [015]...........Kinkan Island
  96. [016]...........Pinkan Island
  97. [AJ]............Chapter 07 - Pink Rhyhorn
  98. [017]...........Citron Island
  99. [AK]............Chapter 08 - Red Moon
  100. [018]...........Kinnow Island
  101. [AL]............Chapter 09 - Freak Show
  102.  
  103.  
  104. [Bonus Chapters]
  105. [XX1]...........Bonus Chapter - Saving Bill
  106. [XX2]...........Bonus Chapter - Lake Monster
  107. [XX3]...........Bonus Chapter - Love Letter
  108. [XX4]...........Bonus Chapter - Abandoned Gym
  109. [XX5]...........Bonus Chapter - Green's Tale 1 Chapter
  110. [XX6]...........Bonus Chapter - Relic Beast
  111. [XX7]...........Bonus Chapter - Secret Village
  112. [XX8]...........Bonus Chapter - Pikachu And Friends
  113. [XX9]...........Bonus Chapter - Blue's Tale 1
  114. [XX10]..........Bonus Chapter - Hospitality
  115. [XX11]..........Bonus Chapter - Ancient Turtle
  116. [XX12]..........Bonus Chapter - Safari Zone
  117. [XX13]..........Bonus Chapter - One Tailed Vulpix Chapter
  118. [XX14]..........Bonus Chapter - Zapdos
  119. [XX15]..........Bonus Chapter - Icy Snorlax Chapter
  120. [XX16]..........Bonus Chapter - Blue's Tale 2
  121. [XX17]..........Bonus Chapter - Green's Tale 2
  122. [XX18]..........Bonus Chapter - The Broken Bird
  123. [XX19]..........Bonus Chapter - The Return
  124. [XX20]..........Bonus Chapter - Floral Festival Chapter
  125. [XX21]..........Bonus Chapter - Road to Stardom
  126. [XX22]..........Bonus Chapter - Ill Omen
  127. [XX23]..........Bonus Chapter - Vengeful Maiden
  128. [XX24]..........Bonus Chapter - Secret of Joy
  129. [XX25]..........Bonus Chapter - Goodbye Steve
  130. [XX26]..........Bonus Chapter - Battle Network
  131. [XX27]..........Bonus Chapter - Mewtwo Strikes Back
  132. [XX28]..........Bonus Chapter - Instinct
  133. [XX29]..........Bonus Chapter - Mystic
  134. [XX30]..........Bonus Chapter - Valor
  135. [XX31]..........Bonus Chapter - Voodoo
  136. [XX32]..........Bonus Chapter - Dolly
  137. [XX33]..........Bonus Chapter - Lucky Stars
  138.  
  139. [The Great Backtracks]
  140. [BT1]...........The Great HM01 (Cut) Backtrack
  141. [BT2]...........The Great HM03 (Surf) Backtrack
  142. [BT3]...........The Great HM06 (Rock Smash) Backtrack
  143.  
  144.  
  145. Hi there, Allen Cee (allenchngnzh22@gmail.com) here and welcome to the walkthrough I'll be typing up for Pokemon Adventure Red Chapter Beta 14.5. This is my very first walkthrough for any game, so it will be a little adventure for not just myself but you who decided to use this because I'll be working on this as I play the game, rather than playing the game, finishing it/reaching the end of the Beta then starting on fresh file. So, let's begin!
  146.  
  147. OPENING SCENE
  148. -------------
  149.  
  150. The game begins with a scene featuring Red, Green, Blue, Silver and a laid out Yellow confronting a character identified as the Wicked Woman. She doesn't have much strength left and isn't planning on leaving empty-handed: she wants the Pokemon Deoxys Entity Two. She launches an attack intended for Deoxys but the attack hits the children instead, turning them to stone. Deoxys has escaped. Elite 4 member Lorelei (not shown but heard) is horrified by this and Professor Oak (also not shown but heard) tells her that they have to contact Bill.
  151.  
  152. PROLOGUE - 10 YEARS AGO
  153. -----------------------
  154.  
  155. We shift to Red's room, seeing him in action playing Pokemon (who would've thunk it?) before Mom arrives to spoil his fun and demands that he go catch some fresh air. After she leaves, you have the chance to name him. I'll call him Red for the sake of simplicity. No Potion in that the little PC in the top left corner, just a little comment about Minecraft. Head downstairs to find that you're the only one in the house...where's Mom?? Let's step outside.
  156.  
  157. [000] PALLET TOWN - "A Tranquil Setting of Peace and Purity."
  158. ------------------
  159.  
  160. Places of Interest
  161. ..................
  162. - Akaii's House (your house)
  163. - Oak's Residence
  164. - Oak's Lab
  165. - Pokemon Center
  166. - Ketchum's Residence
  167.  
  168. Pokemon to be found
  169. ...................
  170. Surfing: Tentacool
  171. Fishing: Horsea, Shellder, Gyarados, Seadra, Psyduck.
  172.  
  173. The classic hometown has gotten a nice fresh look, including having a Pokemon Center. If you go there, you will find a Little Girl blocking the entrance, waiting for her parents. She'll ask for your name but won't give you hers since you're a stranger. To the west of the PokeCenter is a house you can't enter. The sign next to it says it's for sale. If you go back to your house, to the west of it is Oak's Residence but nobody's home. The house to the north is the Ketchum's Residence where two women are standing outside. One of them is Mom and by talking to her, you find out that she's comforting the other woman, Delia, because of something tragic that has happened to someone named Pete. Pallet Town can be exited from the West, but you don't have a Pokemon so you can't head west just yet. East from the PokeCenter will lead to Oak's Lab, where you'll find Professor Oak talking to a Little Boy who clearly looks to be Blue/Gary. Seems he's about to leave to go off and train with someone named Master Chuck (...that Chuck?). Nothing else you'll get from them. However, just south from the lab you come across a lone Poliwag. It's a little scared but after you talk to it, Poliwag feels better. The scene shifts back to the lab, Blue/Gary says his goodbyes and leaves. The scene shifts again, to the girl by the PokeCenter, still waiting for her parents when suddenly she starts screaming. Fade to black.
  174.  
  175. End of Prologue.
  176.  
  177.  
  178. [A] CHAPTER 1 - PHANTOM POKEMON
  179. ===============================
  180.  
  181. We time skip by 5 years and find Red outside Pallet Town with Poliwhirl. They have officially signed up for the Indigo League and are ready to take on all challengers. There's a random scream from someone named Kelly, a girl nearby who's having trouble with a Nidorino. Red lets Kelly know that a Pokemon has to be weakened first before any attempt to catch one. This is also the point where you'll have option of giving Poliwhirl a nickname. Afterwards, a battle against Nidorino will be triggered. It is Level 5. Poliwhirl will also be Level 5 and knows Pound, Hypnosis and Bubble. Easy battle. Kelly will finally catch it, heal Poliwhirl and go off to play with her new Pokemon. What's next? Red suggests looking for Trainers in Pallet Forest, which you reach by going further west. Going east takes you back into Pallet Town. You can't go north yet.
  182.  
  183. PALLET FOREST
  184. -------------
  185.  
  186. Pokemon to be found
  187. ...................
  188. Wild Grass: Pidgey, Rattata, Caterpie, Spearow
  189.  
  190. NOTE: For those who plan to catch a Rattata here, be aware that a lot of Rattata I encountered had the Ability "Hustle", which trades accuracy for power....meaning that even 100% Accuracy moves will have chances of missing in battle. Best bet is to catch a Rattata elsewhere.
  191.  
  192. Only a few steps through the grass you're bumped into by a Grunt, looking for the "Phantom Pokemon". A few more steps west will lead to another Grunt, a Team Rocket Grunt, who will battle you with a Level 5 Ekans. A female Grunt is just up above if you take the north path. She has a Level 5 Zubat and a Level 5 Sandshrew. A 3rd Grunt can be seen just north from the female Grunt. On your way to deal with him you will be startled by Mew, with Red wondering if perhaps this is the Phantom Pokemon that Team Rocket are searching for. That 3rd Grunt won't battle you. Head west to find another path heading further north, where Red sees Mew again. This time it is battling a Charmander belonging to Blue/Gary. Red steps in to try his luck when Blue/Gary returns Charmander. This leads to a battle against Mew, which is at Level 5. Even if you defeat it, Mew proves to be too strong and flies off. Blue/Gary couldn't defeat it. He leaves and Red has to deal with his loss.
  193.  
  194. End of Chapter 1 - Phantom Pokemon.
  195.  
  196.  
  197. [B] CHAPTER 2 - MISSING POKEMON
  198. ===============================
  199.  
  200. We find Red in bed, cold from being out in the rain and Mom is right there to suggest he sees Professor Oak. Red thinks he's weird, Mom ain't having none of that and eventually Red decides he'll go. Before you leave, Mom says she's bought new clothes for you and you obtain the Fashion Box. You change clothes by opening Fashion Box and selecting what you wish to wear. Even though other clothes are listed, only the "Original" and the "FireRed & LeafGreen" clothes are available, but it's still what Red is currently wearing.
  201.  
  202. Outside you'll notice now that there are other people around whom you can talk to. One woman, Tiara, has a friend who is currently in a coma (you remind her of him). One guy, Arthur, has moved to Kanto from another region called Orre which may have been taken over by cults. You can also enter the PokeCenter, where you will find a functioning telephone for future use. That house which was for sale is now blocked off by an old lady Acapa who explains that the daughter of the couple who lived there disappeared sometime in the past and so the couple moved away....
  203.  
  204. At the Oak's Residence you will find Daisy, Oak's granddaughter, who may be having a character role crisis. At the Ketchum's Residence you meet a woman named Akari who is keeping Delia/Mrs Ketchum company considering what she's been through, losing both her husband (Pete) and her son (...Ash? What happened??).
  205.  
  206. You can leave Pallet Town for Pallet Forest if you want to train. Can't take the north path yet, Red will remind you about seeing Oak. Outside the lab is old man Ramuh and his Abra, who will teleport you to places you've been to before, meaning that there's no HM for Fly in this game. Will Flying-type Pokemon learn the move naturally? We'll have to find out. Inside the lab there is nobody around except for 4 Pokemon: Spearow, Bulbasaur, Cubone and a certain Jigglypuff :) with some nice references for long time Pokemon fans. You will have an option to hold Bulbasaur, if you do, Professor Oak comes rushing in, startling Red and the Pokemon, and thinking Red is a thief. The Pokemon bolt out and you have to get them back. Just after Red dashes out, another Pokemon that had been hiding in the lab reveals itself for a second or two. It is a Squirtle. Unfortunately you won't find it if you're curious enough to go back into the lab :/ so on to finding the 4 Pokemon.
  207.  
  208. (1) Jigglypuff a.k.a Jiggy Mic - found just a little west from the lab, you can't miss it. Interacting with it will trigger a battle. It is at Level 8. Defeating it will count as capturing it.
  209.  
  210. (2) Spearow - found a little south from where Red met Poliwag. Also at Level 8.
  211.  
  212. Leave Pallet Town. Professor Oak can be found blocking the path going north, he's still pissed off about the missing Pokemon.
  213.  
  214. (3) Cubone (Level 8) - found where Red battled Mew.
  215.  
  216. Bulbasaur will be seen fleeing into the grass close to where that non-battling Team Rocket Grunt was. If you continue along the way after getting Cubone, you will find a Miracle Seed. Back to Pallet Garden, there's Bulbasaur! Professor Oak tries to step in but Bulbasaur takes off again, going north this time. Professor Oak says he'll come along. Finally, we take that first step along the route of all routes - Route 1.
  217.  
  218. ROUTE 1
  219. -------
  220.  
  221. Pokemon to be found
  222. ...................
  223. Wild Grass: Pidgey, Rattata.
  224.  
  225. Traveling north a little will get you to Coco's Doduo Farm. She's looking for a capable Trainer to look after one of her Doduo. There's nothing you can do about that at the moment. Another woman, Caitlyn, mentions having seen a shiny Spearow here on Monday, so any of you out there who like catching shiny Pokemon, come on Mondays. If you go along the west path from where Caitlyn is, you will find a Potion. Walk back then move along the other way to reach Viridian City.
  226.  
  227. [001] VIRIDIAN CITY - "The Eternal Green Paradise."
  228. -------------------
  229.  
  230. Places of Interest
  231. ..................
  232. - Pokemon Gym
  233. - Pokemon Center
  234. - PokeMart
  235. - Tokiwa Residence
  236.  
  237. Pokemon to be found
  238. ...................
  239. Wild Grass: Pidgey, Rattata, Spearow, Nidoran Female, Nidoran Male.
  240. Surfing: Psyduck.
  241. Fishing: Psyduck, Poliwag.
  242.  
  243. At the entrance, Professor Oak suggests splitting up to cover more ground in the search. If you arrive during the daytime, you will find a trio of children hanging outside a school that you can see as you enter the city. The boy, Jonesy, won't talk to strangers...one of two girls, Nikki, doesn't know what a Bulbasaur is...and then the other girl, unidentified and speaks in yellow text, can't even get a word out. Near the school is the Tokiwa Residence, where we get a big clue about Bulbasaur. Nikki lives right next door, her parents are home. Officer Jenny is patrolling the streets but is of no help. If you follow the little opening to the south from where she is, you will find TM08 (Bulk Up). Some renovation is happening at the PokeMart, so no entry at the moment. Next door is the Hiragi Residence, where a mother worries about her daughter's musical tastes, ha! To the west is an exit, but you can come back to it after Bella chooses between Edward and Jacob. The PokeCenter & Ramuh the Teleporter are northwest from the PokeMart. There are some aspiring Duelists going at it in the PokeCenter. To be a Pokemon Master for who, eh? :) The north road leads to an old man named Martha who has decided to block that way. The big clue we got about Bulbasaur leads us to the Viridian Gym, which is to the northeast. As you go there, you'll see an item in the grass just above you, but it can't be reached. Not sure how we're supposed to get it. I hope it isn't a major item lol. Outside the Gym there are some rocks that need a Pokemon to know Rock Smash to get through, so take note.
  244.  
  245. Inside the Gym, Red will find Bulbasaur and some statues of Giovanni, of course. Professor Oak arrives to get Bulbasaur, but it looks like it's grown fond of Red. Just before they can enjoy the moment, a wild Machoke bursts into the Gym and Red has to think on his feet. That flower on Bulbasaur's back, how can it help? Machoke is at Level 12 and Bulbasaur is at Level 11, knowing Tackle, Growl, Leech Seed and SOLAR BEAM! After you take care of Machoke, everything gets cleared up by Red and Professor Oak, impressed by Red's "knowledge" about Solar Beam, decides to let him keep Bulbasaur and gives Red a Pokedex. The journey to become a great Pokemon Trainer can FINALLY begin...well not yet. The scene changes to Blue/Gary and his Charmander, who have just had a battle with a Pokemon that has taken off. Doesn't take long for them to spot it.
  246.  
  247. End of Chapter 2 - Missing Pokemon.
  248.  
  249. [C] CHAPTER 3 - SAVING KANGASKHAN
  250. =================================
  251.  
  252. Back to Red in the Viridian Gym. Head back into town, to find Mom and Professor Oak in the middle of a chat. Oak will return to the lab, leaving Red to talk to Mom about going off on his journey. She'll be there whenever you need her and is happy to see you going. Before leaving Viridian for Viridian Forest, you can talk to some people to get new dialogue. Jonesy reveals the name of the other girl that him and Nikki hang around with - YELLOW. She has a name but still can't string a full sentence together. Nikki tells you the name of their little squad. Janna lets you know about the state of the Gym, it's been abandoned for a long time. She and her husband Henry patrol the streets. The PokeMart is open now:
  253.  
  254. VIRIDIAN CITY POKEMART
  255. ......................
  256. Poke Ball - P200
  257. Potion - P300
  258. Antidote - P100
  259. Paralyz Heal - P200
  260. Revive - P1500
  261.  
  262. Fresh Water - P200
  263. Soda Pop - P300
  264. Lemonade - P350
  265. Moomoo Milk - P500
  266.  
  267. The path west is also open, let's have a look.
  268.  
  269. ROUTE 22
  270. --------
  271.  
  272. Pokemon to be found
  273. ...................
  274. Wild Grass: Nidoran Female, Nidoran Male, Rattata, Mankey, Spearow.
  275. Surfing: Psyduck.
  276. Fishing: Poliwag, Poliwhirl, Seaking, Psyduck.
  277.  
  278. This route leads to the Indigo League. You'll meet Jasmine by the steps heading to it. She's responsible for registering Trainers for the League, luckily Red is already registered. She tells you that the League will start later. Near Jasmine is a tree that be Cut in order to reach an item. Go south, finding a Potion in the bottom right corner. The path turns west, you just have to weave around the body of water to get the item you see across it, an HP Up. Nothing more on this route at this point, but take note of the water. Good places to Surf. Return to Viridian and head north, now that old man Martha has disappeared. Next up, Route 2.
  279.  
  280. ROUTE 2
  281. -------
  282.  
  283. Pokemon to be found
  284. ...................
  285. Wild Grass: Pidgey, Rattata, Spearow.
  286.  
  287. There are 2 items to be found on the western side. The item above is a Rare Candy and the one below is a Poke Ball. The guy inbetween is named Minshay guarding a garden that you can't enter for some reason involving a "pure heart" and the 4th wall haha. Let's leave this for now, but take note. If you carry on with the path that leads to Minshay and the 2 items, you'll find old man Martha doing what he does best - blocking the way, to Pewter City! This time he's got company in the form of Officer Jenny. 5 of her! *sigh* fortunately there is a shortcut to this way via a couple of trees that need to be Cut which a little east. Can't avoid that damn bug-infested forest haha so wind back to the eastern path of this route to reach the building that lies in between Route 2 and Viridian Forest. Just as you enter, Daisy Oak is there waiting to give you some Poke Balls that Professor Oak forgot to give you. The other interesting person in this building an old lady that snaps at Red for thinking she's dead since he doesn't see her move. Her mugshot reveals her to be Elite 4 member Agatha but she isn't identified by name. Once you're ready, it's time to step outside.
  288.  
  289. [002] VIRIDIAN FOREST
  290. ---------------------
  291.  
  292. Pokemon to be found
  293. ...................
  294. Wild Grass: Caterpie, Weedle, Metapod, Kakuna, Pikachu.
  295. Surfing: Goldeen, Seaking, Dratini.
  296. Fishing: Psyduck, Goldeen, Dratini, Dragonair.
  297.  
  298. Trainers to be found
  299. ....................
  300.  
  301. Bug Catcher Samurai (Metapod Lv11, Pinsir Lv11) Prize: P132
  302.  
  303. Bug Catcher Zayn (Lv10 Butterfree & Beedrill) Prize: P240
  304.  
  305. Bug Catcher Buggy (Paras Lv13) Prize: P156
  306.  
  307. Bug Catcher Bakura Prize: P132
  308. (Caterpie Lv11, Metapod Lv12, Butterfree Lv11)
  309.  
  310. Here we are, the forest of forests in the Pokemon world...? The first major "maze" you have to find your way through before tackling your very first Gym challenge. If you're a long time Pokemon fan, maybe you have fond memories of this place...or maybe not :) either way, you have to deal with it now. Follow the path west until a cutscene is triggered, where we see Blue/Gary and his Charmander, who thought Poliwhirl was a wild Pokemon. Before Red can get some revenge, a Kangaskhan shows up, which is the Pokemon Blue/Gary had been searching for. Red learns for the very first time that Blue/Gary is the grandson of Professor Oak. Blue/Gary tries and fails to catch Kangaskhan, Red notices that she can repel the Poke Ball but isn't attacking...he sees her pouch and tells Blue/Gary to stop, but Young Oak thinks Red wants to catch Kangaskhan for himself. Before Charmander can continue attacking, Red has Poliwhirl tackle it. This gives Kangaskhan an opening to flee. Blue/Gary blows a gasket and here comes your very first battle against this dude:
  311.  
  312. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  313. ================
  314.  
  315. Rival ???
  316. Charmander Level 11
  317. Scyther Level 13
  318.  
  319. Prize Money: P1040
  320.  
  321. NOTE: "Hmph! Time to finish you off with my Machop!" - says after the battle, despite having 2 Pokemon haha this guy...
  322.  
  323. Even after being defeated, Blue/Gary hasn't given up on that Kangaskhan and he dashes off to search for it. Continue along the path, passing the Beedrill flying by the Flower Field. Note the path going north that is blocked by those darn little trees that need to be Cut. Not enough for ya? Go a little east to find more trees by the water haha. Carry on south to find an Antidote. As you move along the water you will see an item. Come back when you got Surf. The path branches north and south. Going south will lead to a dead end (until you return with Surf) with a guy swimming about in the water there. Going north will lead to the first couple of Bug Catchers to battle. But don't go all the way north, or you'll miss the short left path (after the first Bug Catcher) which leads to Kangaskhan! This is what those other trees were blocking. As much as Red wants to help Kangaskhan, she is not in the mood and attacks. She is Level 15 and won't let you catch her. After the battle, it turns out that her baby is hurt. But guess who comes rolling in to spoil the moment. We find out that the baby has been poisoned and a Pecha Berry is needed to cure it. Now continue north after the Bug Catchers, the path goes west, showing some shortcuts blocked off by them trees. A 3rd Bug Catcher is here. The path will split up going east and west. Go west to find Nurse Joy harvesting Pecha Berries. She will share one with you. Race back to Kangaskhan to cure her baby. Blue/Gary returns, upset that he didn't catch Kangaskhan but it doesn't matter now. Before he leaves, Red asks what's his name....and Blue/Gary reveals that he's Green. Wow, really? Heh, guess his green text should've given it away. So he's Green in this game. Fancy that.
  324.  
  325. After curing the baby, return north to where the path splits east and west, going east this time. You'll find another Bug Catcher and Leonard the environmentalist at work. The exit is close, but don't leave without that item you see there, TM06 (Toxic). Freeeedom!!
  326.  
  327. Meanwhile...
  328.  
  329. Leonard notices that the pH of the water he was analysing has suddenly increased...before he can do anything else, something unseen gets a hold of him and drags him into the water!!
  330.  
  331. Nurse Joy, who was harvesting Pecha Berries, has finished her work...she is startled by something, asking if anyone is there, before whatever that something is rushes through the grass to get her!!
  332.  
  333. That swimmer you came across earlier, Neil, is just chilling. Not a care in the world-- something in the water bites him and drags him under!!
  334.  
  335. W...T...F?!
  336.  
  337. End of Chapter 3 - Saving Kangaskhan. (Seriously, W...T...F?!)
  338.  
  339.  
  340. [D] CHAPTER 4 - ELECTRIC RODENT
  341. -------------------------------
  342.  
  343. ...Well. Er, a hattrick ladies and gentlemen. How to transition...oh right, you can leave Viridian Forest. Not much in the gate building, except a Youngster and his Onix (?! Forget wearing shades indoors. This.)...a headline about a boy being stabbed to death by Beedrill (...THOSE Beedrill..?) and Betty doesn't wanna play chess with Grandpa anymore. Play that chess, girl!
  344.  
  345. [003] PEWTER CITY - "The Stone Grey City."
  346. -----------------
  347.  
  348. Places of Interest
  349. ..................
  350. - Pokemon Gym
  351. - Pokemon Center
  352. - PokeMart
  353. - Pewter City Museum
  354.  
  355. Pokemon to be found
  356. ...................
  357. Wild Grass: Rattata, Caterpie, Pidgey, Spearow.
  358.  
  359. Home to our very first Gym Badge. As you step outside, Red spots a Pokemon in the grass. It is a Pikachu, minding its own damn business until a trio (another trio) of elderly men arrives to confront Pikachu, which has apparently been on a stealing spree. Doesn't take long before sparks fly and the elderly men are humbled, allowing Pikachu to scurry off into town. We can go straight into Pewter, but the west is open so let's explore there first. You see that the path leads to the portion which was blocked by old man Martha. Heading north you will reach the entrance to Diglett's Cave, currently blocked by....yes, ANOTHER TRIO (god help us) of Diglett. We'll return later. Take note of the item just barely hidden by one of the trees on the right. Go back down and follow the path right until it turns north, to where you find Brock's guards blocking the rest of the way. Apparently it's too dangerous ahead. Well, that only leaves going into town.
  360.  
  361. As you enter Pewter, you can see an item behind the fence below you there. Circle round to get it, a Repel. Have a look around and talk to the people. The Gym is to the northwest, but you find out from the guy out front that a tournament is being prepared for so the Gym is closed. Interesting. Northeast is the good old Pewter City Museum, which is open. Meet the man who says he'll one day form a team called Team Galactic one day. Who is this guy? Officer Jenny is on guard duty and there's a curious fossil called the Spine Fossil. Nothing else aside from regular visitors. Head back outside and go all the way south to find the PokeCenter and the PokeMart...there's the Pikachu from earlier! Just robbed the mart and takes off. The Shop Clerk will ask you to take care of it. You can enter the Mart to do some shopping:
  362.  
  363. PEWTER CITY POKEMART
  364. ......................
  365. Poke Ball - P200
  366. Potion - P300
  367. Antidote - P100
  368. Paralyz Heal - P200
  369. Revive - P1500
  370.  
  371. Fresh Water - P200
  372. Soda Pop - P300
  373. Lemonade - P350
  374. Moomoo Milk - P500
  375.  
  376. Same stuff as the Viridian City Mart. Maybe we'll return after earning the Gym Badge to see if there's a change. Return outside and search for Pikachu. It is near the Museum. If you have a full team with you when you interact with Pikachu, Red will note that. Make some room. This time, Red will confront it with Bulbasaur, triggering a battle. Pikachu is at Level 15. Don't bother trying to catch it, it will dodge. Defeat it and see Red catch it, but it won't stay in the ball. Not a very friendly Pikachu, eh? As you leave, Green steps out from the Museum, just in time to do what he does best. He lets us know about Brock's search for an opponent. Who will win the Boulder Badge first, Green or Red?
  377.  
  378. End of Chapter 4 - Electric Rodent.
  379.  
  380.  
  381. [E] CHAPTER 5 - BOULDER BADGE
  382. -----------------------------
  383.  
  384. Next stop, the Gym. The tournament is ready to go on. You will face 2 opponents in the Preliminary Round before battling Brock. Once you're ready, step inside. There's Green, fresh off winning that Boulder Badge! (first person ever to win a badge from Brock?!) Damn, always too late, eh? Green leaves and now it's your time to shine. First opponent is Black Belt Mikey.
  385.  
  386. Black Belt Mikey (Graveler Lv17) Prize: P408
  387.  
  388. Fortunately, you have a chance to heal before facing your final opponent. You can even leave the Gym and come back if you need to. When you're ready, Alisa is waiting. Mighty confident aren't we, Alisa?
  389.  
  390. Lady Alisa (Cubone Lv16, Marill Lv16, Pidgey Lv16) Prize: P3200
  391.  
  392. With Alisa out of the way, get up there and take on the man.
  393.  
  394. >>GYM BATTLE<<
  395. ==============
  396.  
  397. Leader Brock
  398. (Geodude Lv15, an actual trio of Geodude /==./ Lv17, Onix Lv20)
  399. Prizes: P2000, Boulder Badge (Boosts Attack)
  400.  
  401. Good luck. After the battle, you get the Boulder Badge. No TM prize unfortunately. Next Badge is in Cerulean City. I went back to the PokeMart to check if more items would be available since I got a Badge, no new items. That pretty much concludes our time in the old Grey City. Leave via the eastern way.
  402.  
  403. ROUTE 3
  404. -------
  405.  
  406. Pokemon to be found
  407. ...................
  408. Wild Grass: Spearow, Kangaskid, Mankey, Nidoran Male, Jigglypuff, Nidoran Female.
  409.  
  410. Trainers to be found
  411. ....................
  412. Lass Kendra (Jigglypuff Lv18, Ekans Lv18, Nidorina Lv18) Prize: P288
  413.  
  414. Bug Catcher Karel (Lv17 Butterfree x2) Prize: P204
  415.  
  416. Youngster Stephan Prize: P(forgot to take note, sorry)
  417. (Rattata Lv18 x2, Spearow Lv18, Clefairy Lv18)
  418.  
  419. You'll see a man and his Slowpoke just above you. As you follow the path north to try and reach them, Green appears. He proposes a friendly duel between rivals. Gotta show off that Charmeleon somehow:
  420.  
  421. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  422. ================
  423.  
  424. Rival Green
  425. (Pidgeotto Lv18, Charmeleon Lv18, Scyther Lv18)
  426. Prize: P1440
  427.  
  428. Even if you defeat Green, we see him send Charmeleon to use Take Down as a cheap final move. This guy...*sigh*
  429.  
  430. End of Chapter 5 - Boulder Badge.
  431.  
  432. You're able to talk to the man with the Slowpoke. Turns out he's trying to teach himself Calm Mind out of frustration because of Slowpoke. That TM is better in your hands, take it. Going north leads to Route 4, but there's an item to be found if you go east and drop down into the grassy area where you can see it, a Potion. Make your way back north to enter Route 4. Take note of that rock to the left, come back with Rock Smash.
  433.  
  434. ROUTE 4 (West section)
  435. -------
  436.  
  437. As soon as you arrive in this area, there's a sudden tremor. The cause of this is up ahead, where a very familiar face is battling a Gyarados with her Starmie. But a Hydro Pump attack ends it. Red steps up to help. It is a Lv16 Gyarados that you can't catch. Despite that, Red catches it and hands it to Misty. That Gyarados was hers, it had been stolen last week and when she got it back, it wasn't the same Pokemon. If only they knew who did this. Red decides he should ask Professor Oak. Misty points out that he can use the telephone that is in the Pokemon Center to the north nearby.
  438.  
  439. [F] CHAPTER 6 - MOUNT MOON
  440. --------------------------
  441.  
  442. If you go east from where you met Misty, you'll find trees that need to be Cut. It is a shortcut. Old man Ramuh the Teleporter is outside the PokeCenter. Inside, Misty will lead you to the telephone, which is free to use. You can only talk to the people downstairs before making the call. There are a couple of ladies keeping up with the latest gossip. Next to the telephone is a man named Jun Jun who'll try to sell you a Feebas for P10 000. A Magikarp that's painted to look like Feebas *face palm* /==./ Anyway, let's call Oak.
  443.  
  444. Professor Oak hears the full story about Gyarados' behaviour. He believes it's the work of Team Rocket, to the shock of Red and Misty. He tells them about the Moon Stone, found in Mount Moon, which is believed to grant Pokemon special powers (not just to evolve certain Pokemon...?). It is likely that Team Rocket are also looking for it. That's our next stop, Mount Moon. After the call you're free to head upstairs, but you'll just find a couple of children.
  445.  
  446. Leave the PokeCenter. As you go towards the entrance, Misty catches up. She's going with you. She notices some Team Rocket Grunts waiting around by the entrance, whose uniform Red recognises. The Grunts are on a mission to find the Moon Stone and hurry off into Mount Moon. We'll return for that item by the entrance once we have Rock Smash.
  447.  
  448. MT. MOON
  449. --------
  450.  
  451. Pokemon to be found
  452. ...................
  453. (1F and 3F)-
  454. Wild Grass: Zubat, Geodude, Paras, Sarapi, Clefairy.
  455.  
  456. (2F)-
  457. Wild Grass: Zubat, Golbat, Geodude, Paras, Sarapi.
  458.  
  459. Trainers to be found
  460. ....................
  461.  
  462. Hiker Ned (Sandshrew Lv18, Goldeen Lv18, Geodude Lv18) Prize: P648
  463.  
  464. Lass Susan (Pikachu Lv19) Prize: P304
  465.  
  466. Scientist Kenneth (Magnemite Lv19, Voltorb Lv19) Prize: P912
  467.  
  468. Hiker Harold (Geodude Lv19) Prize: P684
  469.  
  470. Team Rocket Grunt (Zubat Lv19, Vulpix Lv19, Doduo Lv19) Prize: P684
  471.  
  472. Team Rocket Grunt (Mankey Lv20) Prize: P720
  473.  
  474. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P648
  475. (Meowth Lv18, Diglett Lv18, Koffing Lv18, Ekans Lv18, Growlithe Lv18, Beedrill Lv18)
  476.  
  477. Team Rocket Grunt (Geodude Lv20, Raticate Lv20) Prize: P720
  478.  
  479. Another mini maze from the old days, eh? The mysterious Mount Moon. You can find Clefairy walking about, but just like the other Pokemon you've seen walking about, they don't attack. If you're looking for Clefairy, you gotta do it the old fashioned way :/ yes, I failed to find one during my run. From the entrance, follow the path until it splits up going north and south. Going south, the path splits again after the Lass who only speaks in Japanese. The bottom path leads to the entrance to next floor, so let's stay on this floor and explore it first. Follow the upper path after the Lass, all the way to an Escape Rope. Wind back to where the path goes north, before encountering the Lass. As you go along this path, there's a right turn. It leads to a regular Moon Stone and Calcium. The path continues north to a TM24 (Thunderbolt). Now we're ready to move onto the next floor.
  480.  
  481. Red and Misty find a couple of Grunts right away and hide. The Grunts still haven't found THE Moon Stone. They leave along the north way. You'll find a Big Mushroom if you go that way, before you see a right turn. Follow that turn to a ladder that leads to a small area where you find some Rare Candy and an item you can't reach. Return to the previous floor and continue with the path all the way to an item, Stardust. Done, now let's explore the path going east from where Red and Misty saw the Grunts. At the top of the path is a Tiny Mushroom. Be ready for that female Grunt you will see if you continue left, she has a full team of Level 18 Pokemon. Past her is another Big Mushroom and a ladder leading to the final floor.
  482.  
  483. Follow the path until it splits going left and right. Going left will lead to that item which you couldn't reach, a Repel. Going right gets you ambushed by the 2 Grunts you see, but they're not a problem for Misty's Staryu and Starmie. The exit is close...if only there wasn't a pair of Grunts blocking the way down. The first Grunts so far who are named, Jess and Jamie. Wait a minute...
  484.  
  485. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  486. ===============
  487.  
  488. Team Rocket Duo Prize: P1440
  489. (Sandshrew Lv20, Grimer Lv20, Farfetch'd Lv20, Sneasel Lv20, Gloom Lv20)
  490.  
  491. Send these 2 running. Follow the steps down, get the Super Potion and carry on towards the exit-- nope. An unnamed Team Rocket higher up shows up, looking to keep you from advancing. This man is the Poison Ninja Master himself, Koga!
  492.  
  493. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  494. ===============
  495.  
  496. Team Rocket ??? (Rhyhorn Lv22) Prize: P792
  497.  
  498. Just when Red is celebrating, Koga steps it up by injecting his Rhyhorn, which makes it evolve into a Rhydon! Misty asks if this is what Team Rocket did to her Gyarados, but Koga brushes her aside. She sends out Staryu to challenge Rhydon, only to be taken down by one Horn Drill attack. You're next.
  499.  
  500. >>BOSS BATTLE<< (Part 2)
  501. ===============
  502.  
  503. Team Rocket ??? (Rhydon Lv22) Prize: P792
  504.  
  505. Suddenly the mountain starts shaking, and what drops right at your feet, the Moon Stone! In the commotion, Red escapes with Misty, who looks to be alright. Finally out of Mt. Moon, onwards to Cerulean City!
  506.  
  507. End of Chapter 6 - Mount Moon.
  508.  
  509.  
  510. [G] CHAPTER 7 - CASCADE BADGE CHAPTER
  511. =====================================
  512.  
  513. ROUTE 4 (East section)
  514. -------
  515.  
  516. Pokemon to be found
  517. ...................
  518. Wild Grass: Sparow, Rattata, Ekans, Mankey, Slowpoke.
  519. Surfing: Tentacool.
  520. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  521.  
  522. Below the old man and the Spearow is an Oran Berry for you to get. Another smooth route to breeze through. That cave entrance above can be reached, you just have to wind through Cerulean then back.
  523.  
  524. [004] CERULEAN CITY - "A Mysterious, Blue Aura Surrounds It."
  525. ===================
  526.  
  527. Places of Interest
  528. ..................
  529. - Pokemon Gym
  530. - Pokemon Center
  531. - PokeMart
  532. - Cerulean Bike Shop
  533. - Misty's House
  534.  
  535. Pokemon to be found
  536. ...................
  537. Surfing: Tentacool.
  538. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  539.  
  540.  
  541. Once you arrive, Misty will head to her place where you are to meet her. Despite the weather, it's good to be here. That 2nd Gym Badge is waiting. Let's explore first. Upon entering Cerulean, you see that first house? Speak to the man named Taric there, say Yes to his question, and you get TM18 (Rain Dance). Yeah, unfortunately no TM for Water Pulse in this game :/ in the house next door is Andrew, who wasn't able to tell his late friend how he felt about her. Remember this man, he'll play a role soon. Old man Ramuh is outside the PokeCenter. That way going west is how we get to that cave we saw in Route 4. It also leads to a path going north which is blocked by, yup, a trio of Slowpoke. I'm noticing a theme here haha. Make note of those Slowpoke for later. Inside the cave are the Dojo Brothers. The one on the left teaches Mega Punch and the right brother teaches Mega Kick. Whether you teach your Pokemon either of these moves or not, you will given a Dojo Band, which is an invitation to the Bro Dojo in Saffron City (Nooo, m'Karate Dojooo!!!). If you didn't teach anyone the move, even after getting the Dojo Band you'll get another chance to teach the move. Back to Cerulean.
  542.  
  543. Going east from the PokeCenter you'll find the Cerulean Bike Shop (yeah, like you're just going to walk in there and cough up P10 000 000 000 for a bike. Even WITH an infinite money code lol). Next door is the PokeMart-- wait, what is that creature by the water?? You interact with it, only to watch it jump into the water. Nothing else you can do about it, but keep it in mind. The PokeMart here has a few more items:
  544.  
  545. CERULEAN CITY POKEMART
  546. ......................
  547. Poke Ball - P200
  548. Potion - P300
  549. Antidote - P100
  550. Paralyz Heal - P200
  551. Burn Heal - P250
  552. Ice Heal - P250
  553. Awakening - P250
  554. Revive - P1500
  555.  
  556. Fresh Water - P200
  557. Soda Pop - P300
  558. Lemonade - P350
  559. Moomoo Milk - P500
  560.  
  561. The way out of Cerulean going east is blocked by a guy, a girl and a Cubone. Directly ahead is the Gym...blocked by you-know-who. We'll have to return to Cerulean with Surf to talk to the swimmers you see there near Misty's house. When you're ready, go talk to her. She'll let you stay at her house. She's got a squad of maids to take care of things. During supper she suggests that they have to train and get stronger after what they went through in Mt. Moon. But Red doesn't think he needs any training. Misty storms off. Great job, Red. Soon it's time for you to get some sleep. Not before long, you're woken up by something. Walk around the room and you'll find a Starmie in the corner, but because it's happening in the dark, Red can't see clearly. It will attack. Level 24. Defeat it and Starmie disappears. Next morning, Red wonders about that Starmie. This leads him to ask about the Cerulean Gym and its Leader. Misty gives him a hint and leaves. You can talk to the maid squad around the house before you leave. When you're ready, it's time for Badge #2!
  562.  
  563. CERULEAN CITY GYM
  564. .................
  565.  
  566. When you enter the Gym, be careful of that white floor, it be slippery AF. Slide on to the centre of the Gym where Red meets the Gym Leader and finds out that she is the one who attacked him during the night! She just wanted Red to get serious about them teaming up, training and facing Team Rocket. Red finally sees the light and agrees to team up. You'll get the chance to heal your team and return to the Gym. This time, you'll find your first Gym Trainer opponent waiting.
  567.  
  568. Maid Anita (Goldeen Lv22) Prize: P528
  569.  
  570. Maid Mizuki (Gyarados Lv22, Psyduck Lv22) Prize: P528
  571.  
  572. Maid Stygian (Poliwag Lv22, Horsea Lv22, Psyduck Lv22) Prize: P528
  573.  
  574. After taking down the...nope, not gonna say it...3 maids, Misty is next.
  575.  
  576. >>GYM BATTLE<<
  577. ==============
  578.  
  579. Leader Misty (Staryu Lv25, Starmie Lv25)
  580. Prizes: P2500, Cascade Badge (Pokemon up to Lv30 obey you)
  581.  
  582. You win your 2nd Gym Badge and have an ally to help in the fight against Team Rocket :) excellent.
  583.  
  584. End of Chapter 7 - Cascade Badge Chapter.
  585.  
  586. There are two paths out of Cerulean open now, north and south. Let's go north first, into Route 24.
  587.  
  588. ROUTE 24
  589. --------
  590.  
  591. Pokemon to be found
  592. ...................
  593. Wild Grass: Bellsprout, Pidgey, Oddish, Abra, Kakuna, Metapod.
  594. Surfing: Tentacool.
  595. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  596.  
  597. Trainers Found
  598. ..............
  599.  
  600. Camper Hayden (Nidoran[F] Lv20, Nidoran[M] Lv20) Prizes: P400
  601.  
  602. Bug Catcher Louie Prize: P480
  603. (Butterfreo (?) Lv20, Butterfrep (??) Lv20)
  604.  
  605. As you approach the bridge (..Nugget Bridge?), you find a curious Pokemon near a Poke Ball. A curious Pokemon that can talk...? It's not a mutated Rattata, but the legendary PokeManiac Bill-- ?! A random Fearow swoops in outta nowhere and flies off with Billata!! Bonus Chapter triggered?!!
  606.  
  607. [XX1] BONUS CHAPTER - SAVING BILL
  608. =================================
  609.  
  610. Wow. Now, before we continue I have to be clear about one thing - I'm not doing the Bonus Chapters in any order, just in the way I came across them during my playthrough. This is because they are not presented in an order, you pretty much stumble into them. Plus, because this game uses a Time-based system, there will be Bonus Chapters that will only trigger at a specific time of the day. We'll get through them, no worries.
  611.  
  612. Where were we...oh right, BILLATAAAA!!! Continue north, meeting the first Trainer of this route. Straight north you'll find an Amulet Coin. Follow the west side branch all the way down to find Rare Candy.
  613.  
  614. ROUTE 25
  615. --------
  616.  
  617. Pokemon to be found
  618. ...................
  619. Wild Grass: Bellsprout, Pidgey, Oddish, Abra, Kakuna, Metapod.
  620. Surfing: Psyduck
  621. Fishing: Poliwag, Poliwhirl, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  622.  
  623. Trainers Found
  624. ..............
  625.  
  626. Parent Jean (Clefairy Lv20) Prize: P480
  627.  
  628. There's a Potion in the grassy portion above. Just below, beyond the fence, you can see Officer Jenny. To get to her you have to wind back through Route 24. She just says "Luke...I know it's you...". Nothing to be done yet, but take note of that dark patch in the water. We'll be back later. Back on Route 25, after Parent Jean, go up to find Bill and that Fearow, looking to have a meal. Red offers to knock it out with an electric attack, but Bill worries about getting shocked too. Gotta find somthing to distract it. Continue along towards Bill's Cottage. Return here when you can Surf for that item bobbing in the water and what looks like a Dive spot. Inside the Cottage, you'll find Bird Feed in the top left corner. Looking at that big machine...ahh, Bill, what do you get yourself into sometimes *sigh* Go back to him with the Bird Feed. Fearow will attack, at Level 25. This one you can catch. Afterwards, return Bill to his place and finally save this guy. As a reward, he'll upgrade your Pokemon Storage System, to allow more room. Done and done, another day, another legendary PokeManiac saved.
  629.  
  630. End of Bonus Chapter - Saving Bill.
  631.  
  632. Return to Cerulean. That eastern exit is still blocked. As you go for the southern exit, something's different. There's a lady across the water where that strange creature dove in earlier. She wasn't there before. Red will ask if she needs help, she says come save her and goes through him...she goes on about cold waters, before disappearing. No!
  633.  
  634. [XX2] BONUS CHAPTER - LAKE MONSTER
  635. ==================================
  636.  
  637. Remember Andrew? Go see him. This time he'll let you rest up at his place and have a meal. Red sees a picture of a girl...realises that she looks just like the girl who walked through him. Her name is Cindy. Andrew demands to know where he saw her, but Red is too freaked out to respond and Andrew runs out. To find him, back onto Route 24. You'll see him just after the bridge. He tells the story about Cindy...she's dead and the lake nearby is where she died. She was killed by that creature we saw. Suddenly, her voice calls out to Andrew, to come rescue him from the water...Andrew falls for it, Red can tell that something is very wrong. The creature has tricked Andrew, dragging him into the water! Damn. There's nothing with we can do about this at the moment. Make a note. To be continued.
  638.  
  639. Return to Cerulean and leave through the south, entering Route 5.
  640.  
  641. ROUTE 5
  642. -------
  643.  
  644. Pokemon to be found
  645. ...................
  646. Wild Grass: Meowth, Pidgey, Oddish, Growlithe, Primeape.
  647.  
  648. Trainers Found
  649. ..............
  650.  
  651. Ranger Bridgette (Sneasel Lv23, Scyther Lv23) Prize: P184
  652.  
  653. Hiker Jacob Prize: P720
  654. (Sandshrew Lv18, Graveler Lv20, Rattat Lv18, Cubone Lv18, Diglett Lv18, Kangaskhan Lv20)
  655.  
  656. On the other side of the fence, near the rap battling Popstars (blocking that path) is a Repel. Blocking the path west, old man Martha. Funny the first time, not as funny after the 100th time lol. Make your way south to get that item, a Quick Claw. Just as you enter the exit building, scene change!
  657.  
  658. Few days ago...
  659.  
  660. Hiker Jacob will be talking to a girl with a Wartortle, warning her about Vermilion City. Based on the colour of her text, you can guess who this is :) she takes care of old Jacob no problem.
  661.  
  662.  
  663. [H] CHAPTER 8 - S.S. ANNE ROBBERY
  664. =================================
  665.  
  666. Back to Red. Inside the building you'll find Officer Jenny and her Nidoqueen. She tells that she's investigating the issue of Pokemon disappearing in Vermilion. Make a note about her. Step out onto Route 6.
  667.  
  668. ROUTE 6
  669. -------
  670.  
  671. Pokemon to be found
  672. ...................
  673. Wild Grass: Meowth, Pidgey, Oddish, Sandshrew.
  674. Surfing: Psyduck.
  675. Fishing: Poliwag, Poliwhirl, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  676.  
  677. Trainers Found
  678. ..............
  679.  
  680. Bug Catcher Joseph (Pinsir Lv22) Prize: P264
  681.  
  682. Camper Jen (Vulpix Lv22, Venonat Lv23) Prize: P460
  683.  
  684. Camper Ken (Pidgey Lv17, Rattata Lv17, Magikarp Lv17) Prize: P340
  685.  
  686. Look who's smelling some flowers! Top left is a Tiny Mushroom. Behind the fence just before you enter the city is a Poison Barb. We'll come back with Surf to explore that bottom right portion. Vermilion City is next!
  687.  
  688. [005] VERMILION CITY - "A Southern City That Is Bathed In By the ==================== Setting Sun."
  689.  
  690.  
  691. Places of Interest
  692. ..................
  693. - Pokemon Gym
  694. - Pokemon Center
  695. - PokeMart
  696. - Pokemon Fan Club
  697. - Fisherman's House
  698.  
  699. Pokemon to be found
  700. ...................
  701. Surfing: Tentacool.
  702. Fishing: Horsea, Shellder, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  703.  
  704. As you enter, Red stops to take in the view and notices the big boss ship, the S.S. Anne. He's up for an adventure there. Let's look around first. The house on the left is home to Lawrence the Fisherman, who will give you a Fishing Rod. Not an Old Rod, not a Good Rod, not a Super Rod but the ULTIMATE Fishing Rod! Who am I kidding, even this baby won't guarantee you'll reel in those water Pokemon you're really looking for haha. Happy fishing! Come back with Rock Smash for that item you see in the top left corner of town. The PokeMart has the same items as the Cerulean one:
  705.  
  706. VERMILION CITY POKEMART
  707. ......................
  708. Poke Ball - P200
  709. Potion - P300
  710. Antidote - P100
  711. Paralyz Heal - P200
  712. Burn Heal - P250
  713. Ice Heal - P250
  714. Awakening - P250
  715. Revive - P1500
  716.  
  717. Fresh Water - P200
  718. Soda Pop - P300
  719. Lemonade - P350
  720. Moomoo Milk - P500
  721.  
  722. Talking to a couple of people, you find out that they've had their Pokemon stolen. One of the Sailors in town spills the beans about the Pokemon being stored in the S.S. Anne, thanks buddy :) the Vermilion City Dock is to the southwest. Captain Cook won't let you through, says we have to come back when we're stronger :/ The Pokemon Fan Club is nearby, but at the moment everyone seems to be singing the Pokemon anime theme song...except for Greg in the corner. Remember him. Once you're done, head for the S.S. Anne. That item next to the ship is an Exilir.
  723.  
  724. S.S. ANNE
  725. ---------
  726.  
  727. Pokemon to be found
  728. ...................
  729. (1F, North Side)-
  730. Wild Encounters: Rattata, Voltorb, Vulpix, Pidgeotto, Raticate
  731.  
  732. (1F, South Side)-
  733. Wild Encounters: Spearow, Rattata, Voltorb, Raticate
  734.  
  735. Trainers Found
  736. ..............
  737.  
  738. Sailor Larry (Tentacool Lv23) Prize: P736
  739.  
  740. Sailor Luke (Goldeen Lv23) Prize: P736
  741.  
  742. Sailor Creighton (Tentacool Lv20 x2, Psyduck Lv20) Prize: P640
  743.  
  744. Hmm, this ain't the S.S. Anne I remember /==./ where's the party?? The people?? The chefs?? The other cabins?? Must be a reboot. As you can see when you enter, we can go left, down or right. Going all the way with the left path leads to a Sailor blocking an entrance, who will kick you off the ship. The path going down leads to a dead end. Following the right path leads to 6 cabins (now we're talking). Starting with the top right room, you'll find a Revive. In the top middle room is a Key Item, a Love Letter! Not the best place for a love letter haha. Top left cabin has a Potion. Bottom left cabin has TM10 (Hidden Power). Now, we have reached a critical point: that middle cabin will continue the story...while that one on the right will trigger a Bonus Chapter if you return to the S.S. Anne at midnight. If you enter that cabin at any other time of the day, Red will be confronted by a mysterious woman who claims "You're not the one" and leaves. So let's pause on that Bonus Chapter for now and continue with this mission. Go to the middle cabin, Red notices that the door is locked...when he attempts to look through the keyhole, he screams and that alarms some Sailors. They show up and next thing you know, we're back outside.
  745.  
  746. Waiting to talk to you is Mr Fanclub. He's amazed to find out that Red's a Pokemon Trainer and makes him an honorary member of the Pokemon Fan Club. He'll invite us over to the Club. Everyone is glad to meet Red and see his Pokemon, though Mr Fanclub is surprised that the Pokemon are made to battle. Doesn't take long before someone else has had their Pokemon stolen, and Mr Fanclub reveals that his own Pokemon, an Abra, was stolen a month ago. Red puts 2 and 2 together when he considers the S.S. Anne, plus whatever he saw through that cabin door keyhole. Back to the ship! When you return to that cabin, you find out that not only is it still locked but the room is empty now. Remember that entrance that was blocked by a Sailor? That's open now.
  747.  
  748. (S.S. Anne B1F)-
  749. Wild Encounters: Pidgey, Rattata, Voltorb, Pidgeotto, Raticate
  750.  
  751. Trainers Found
  752. ..............
  753.  
  754. Sailor Blake (Dratini Lv24) Prize: P768
  755.  
  756. Sailor Hokkins (Goldeen Lv23, Staryu Lv23) Prize: P736
  757.  
  758. Reach the point where the path splits going north and south. Going south leads to a flight of stairs blocked by 2 Sailors that Red doesn't want to get too close to. Go north to reach stairs going down below.
  759.  
  760. (S.S. Anne B2F)-
  761. Wild Encounters: Pidgey, Pidgeotto, Rattata, Raticate, Voltorb, Vulpix
  762.  
  763. Trainers Found
  764. ..............
  765.  
  766. Sailor Kai (Zubat Lv23, Magnemite Lv23) Prize: P736
  767.  
  768. Easy to follow path, leads to more stairs heading up. You'll see a Sailor guarding an empty room. Just doing his job. Carry on to the next room, where Red discovers lots of crates, full of Pokemon. He tries to free them but can't, not without a key to unlock them. Leave this room, going back to that one which was previously guarded. The Sailor's gone off somewhere, so go in. There's something in here alright, it's red and white and isn't very happy to see you - Level 21 Voltorb! Can't catch it...because it isn't a wild one, it belongs to somebody who walks in after the battle. He orders Voltorb to use Thunder Wave, paralysing Red. He was going to show up sooner or later, folks - Lt. Surge! This is his ship and all he was doing was just "freeing" those Pokemon from their Trainers. He brings out some more Voltorb and prepares to attack Red, but he escapes! This doesn't bother Surge, he has some Magneton acting as video cameras out and about.
  769.  
  770. The Magneton won't attack or anything if you interact with them. Make your way to those stairs that were blocked by the 2 Sailors, this leads to the deck of the ship. It ain't the exit, but before Red can leave, Surge pops up from behind. He's not done with you yet:
  771.  
  772. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  773. ===============
  774.  
  775. Sailor Lt. Surge (Magneton Lv27, Electabuzz Lv28) Prize: P896
  776.  
  777. In a stunning U-turn, Surge makes a break for it after the battle! His macho act gone right out the window, ha. In his escape, he drops what we need, the S.S. Key. Another point here, if you go to the edge of the deck, you will jump off and end up underwater.
  778.  
  779. (S.S. Anne's Underwater Spot)
  780. Wild Encounters: Remoraid, Krabby, Shellder
  781.  
  782. When I found out about this place, is was around 6pm real time/in-game time and Misty was here, just taking a casual swim (Red thought she was knocked out haha). Items you'll also find are a Dive Ball in the bottom right corner, Iron in the top right corner, and a Key Item known as the Evol Coral in the middle. That item in the top left corner is there to teleport you back to the surface, ending a Bonus Chapter called the Evolution Chapter. See what I mean when I said you just stumble into these? No trigger or anything, I was surprised. We'll hang onto that Evol Coral. Time to free those Pokemon!
  783.  
  784. BUT, when we get to the hallway leading to the storage room, there are Sailors blocking the way. We'll need help. Leave the ship and go back to Officer Jenny. That's all the firepower you need, back to the ship to let the woman take care of business. Free the Pokemon. Mr Fanclub's Abra.../==!/...no, it's nothing bad, but er, it has undergone a bit of a change. Meet Alakazam!
  785.  
  786. While everyone gets their Pokemon back, Mr Fanclub asks for his Abra...only to be shocked to see what has happened to it. Despite that, he'll let you know where to go next - Route 11. There's a Bike Race going on there. He also lets you borrow his Bicycle for it. Sweet.
  787.  
  788. End of Chapter 8 - S.S. Anne Robbery.
  789.  
  790.  
  791. [I] CHAPTER 8 - BIKE CONTEST
  792. ============================
  793.  
  794. One Chapter 8 isn't enough lol gotta have one more, I think it must've been a typo. No biggie, after hearing the story about a certain young pirate from the Sailor outside the S.S. Anne, there are still a couple of things to do in Vermilion before leaving for Route 11. If you return to the Fan Club there's new dialogue from the club members, Mr Fanclub still hasn't recovered from seeing Alakazam, ha. Then there's the real reason we're back here, Greg, whom that Love Letter is for. It's from a year ago and Greg believes that a friend of his who used to work on the S.S. Anne might know more about the letter. His name is Ted and he lives in Lavender Town, our next stop. This triggers another Bonus Chapter.
  795.  
  796. [XX3] BONUS CHAPTER - LOVE LETTER
  797. =================================
  798.  
  799. The last thing to do is visit the Vermilion Gym. Just go behind the PokeMart and follow that path. Past the stairs to the Gym is an item, Bright Powder. When you enter the Gym, you'll come across a Pikachu (another one? I thought there can only be one...or am I thinking of something else..) which runs off up to the front. What you find instead is a note about Lt. Surge's friend who is dead and how that affected him. Pikachu appears behind Red and talks to him, it is a ghost :/ it has a request, for Red to place its remains in the Pokemon Tower so it can finally rest in peace. Another Bonus Chapter.
  800.  
  801. [XX4] BONUS CHAPTER - ABANDONED GYM
  802. ===================================
  803.  
  804. We can leave Vermilion now.
  805.  
  806. ROUTE 11
  807. ........
  808.  
  809. Pokemon to be found
  810. ...................
  811. Wild Grass: Ekans, Spearow, Drowzee.
  812. Surfing: Tentacool.
  813. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  814.  
  815. Trainers
  816. ........
  817.  
  818. Biker Kyle (Pidgeotto Lv24, Venomoth Lv24, Ekans Lv24) Prize: P384
  819.  
  820. Just in time to take your position for the road race. Once it begins, everyone takes off and you're left to cycle casually. Yes, not much of a race is it? :) works to your advantage because you get to explore. Take the bottom path to find a Great Ball. Along the proper road you'll find TM01 (Focus Punch) and the reason some of the other racers are stuck - Snorlax. Nobody got a PokeFlute, so what's the next best thing? Battle! Snorlax is at Level 25 and can be caught. After that the race continues, you see the finish line, but get challenged to a battle by Biker Kyle before you can reach it! Beat him and get to the end...coming in at 2nd Place :/ oh well, but you do win a Sun Stone for your efforts. Unfortunately, the Bicycle falls apart and you're back to 2-stepping it. So, so gangster.
  821.  
  822. End of Chapter 8 - Bike Contest.
  823.  
  824. Well, if you didn't do it during the race you're free to explore Route 11 for any Pokemon you might have missed. When you're done, enter the gate. Inside, Red notes that it's been 2 weeks since he last saw Green. You will be asked if you would like to play as Green. You hear that? It is the sound of a Bonus Chapter if you choose Yes. Choosing No just lets you carry on as Red. Skip ahead to "Back to Red" if you choose No, because I'm covering the Bonus Chapter next.
  825.  
  826. [XX5] BONUS CHAPTER - GREEN'S TALE 1 CHAPTER
  827. ============================================
  828.  
  829. 2 weeks ago...
  830.  
  831. We find Green, having just arrived in Lavender Town. Him and Charmeleon are here to bury a friend.
  832.  
  833. [006] LAVENDER TOWN - "The Noble Purple Town."
  834. ===================
  835.  
  836. Places of Interest
  837. ..................
  838. - Pokemon Tower
  839. - Mr Fuji's House
  840. - Pokemon Center
  841. - PokeMart
  842. - Mosby's Residence
  843.  
  844. It is pouring here in Lavender, seems fitting. Adding to that is the attitude of some of the people you talk to. Rude! You know what's worse? Take a good guess. He's old and he's blocking the way into Mosby's Residence, the house to the southwest. The PokeMart is open with some extras:
  845.  
  846. LAVENDER TOWN MART
  847. ......................
  848. Poke Ball - P200
  849. Great Ball - P600
  850. Premier Ball - P200
  851. Potion - P300
  852. Antidote - P100
  853. Paralyz Heal - P200
  854. Burn Heal - P250
  855. Ice Heal - P250
  856. Awakening - P250
  857. Revive - P1500
  858. Repel - P350
  859.  
  860. Fresh Water - P200
  861. Soda Pop - P300
  862. Lemonade - P350
  863. Moomoo Milk - P500
  864.  
  865. If you know what's good for you, stay away from that fortune teller, unless you got some cash money to spare. You'll see Mr Fuji standing outside his home, talk to him to find out about his missing Doduo. You'll find it on the way to the Tower. Mr Fuji will catch up to claim it. He's surprised to learn that his old friend Samuel Oak has a grandson and offers Green a place to stay for the night. Next day, we find out that Mr Fuji's Doduo just passed away. Green will explain why exactly he's here, to bury his Raticate in the Pokemon Tower. Despite Mr Fuji warning him about the Tower being haunted by ghosts, Green ignores him and leaves. Follow that rocky path all the way round to find a Super Potion. There's that crazy old lady again, looking at a gravestone. Can't avoid it any longer, the ominous Pokemon Tower awaits.
  866.  
  867. Inside, both Green and Charmeleon can sense that something's up. Green calls out whoever's there to show themselves, but all he gets is an eerie laugh and fog, before being attacked.
  868.  
  869. End of Bonus Chapter - Green's Tale 1 Chapter.
  870.  
  871. Back to Red. Make sure you have some space in your Pokemon party, because upstairs is a man named Gary who will hand over an Egg to you. Very cool Egg, it will hatch into a Dratini :D after that, exit and step into Route 12.
  872.  
  873. ROUTE 12
  874. ........
  875.  
  876. Pokemon to be found
  877. ...................
  878. Wild Grass: Oddish, Venonat, Pidgey, Gloom.
  879. Surfing: Tentacool.
  880. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  881.  
  882. Trainers
  883. ........
  884.  
  885. Preppy Brian (Nidorina Lv24) Prize: P960
  886.  
  887. Fisherman Alex Prize: P720
  888. (Magikarp Lv20, Goldeen Lv20, Psyduck Lv20)
  889.  
  890. Lass Serena (Meowth Lv21, Meowth Lv22, Skitty Lv21) Prize: P336
  891.  
  892. Take note of that item you'll see when you follow the path north. Come back when you know Rock Smash...and Cut for the path on the left there, continuing further north. Carry on eastward. You'll find a house, where Cliff, a friend of Delia/Mrs Ketchum, stays. Up ahead is the Lavender Graveyard, where you find Mom and Delia who's here to visit a grave. After she goes off to say farewell to Cliff, Mom tells you a little bit about Delia and Pete. When Red asks about their son, Mom suddenly has to leave (?). You'll find a Thick Club in the top right corner. In the center of the graveyard though, there's old man Rigami. He'll tell you about this area being an ancient city that was destroyed in one night. It would be converted into a graveyard. Nobody knows what destroyed the city. The writings on the gravestones near him have been examined by historians for many years, trying to decipher them. That triggers a Bonus Chapter.
  893.  
  894. [XX6] BONUS CHAPTER - RELIC BEAST
  895. =================================
  896.  
  897. When you interact with the gravestones, Red notices the weird writing and a voice from nowhere says "Dark Relic". Nothing more we can do for now, so leave the graveyard and go on eastward. Past Fisherman Alex is an Elixir. Soon enough, you'll enter Lavender Town and it's still raining! Red needs to find shelter fast. He meets one of the locals, who simply shrugs him off. Rude! You'll find that Mosby's Residence can be entered now, go there to meet Sailor Ted. Just when it looks like he's going to help us out...he sends us on a fetch quest /==./ he wants a Malasada, which can be bought in Celadon. Come on man. Anyway, you'll find shelter at Mr Fuji's place. He gives us the backstory about why the people of Lavender are acting this way and the reason why he didn't bury Doduo in the Pokemon Tower. Of course Red laughs when he hears about ghosts. Mr Fuji will also talk about Green, who hasn't been since he ventured into the Tower, aiming to prove that there are no ghosts. Now it's your turn.
  898.  
  899. POKEMON TOWER
  900. .............
  901.  
  902. No problems on the 1st Floor, but just as you get to the stairs, that damn fog rolls in and a Psyduck appears...correction, a Psyduck zombie! Corpse 1, Level 25 and also a Ghost type. Once you defeat it, that dispels the fog. Move on up.
  903.  
  904. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (2F)-
  905. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Cubone, Abra, Kangaskid.
  906.  
  907. Trainers Found
  908. ..............
  909.  
  910. Youngster Aston (Ekans Lv25, Fearow Lv25, Sandshrew Lv25) Prize: P400
  911.  
  912. Preppy Louis (Clefairy Lv25) Prize: P1000
  913.  
  914. Another zombie as soon as you arrive, Corpse 2 Slowbro Level 25. After the battle, Red makes a note about the fog, it might be reanimating the corpses. The fog returns. Near the possessed Youngster is a Max Repel. Find the orange coloured Tombstone, the source of the fog, where a Level 20 Gastly will appear. You can catch it. This gets rid of the fog and the Trainers are free from their possession. Next floor.
  915.  
  916. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (3F)-
  917. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Cubone, Abra, Kangaskid.
  918.  
  919. Trainers Found
  920. ..............
  921.  
  922. Ranger Berkut (Ponyta Lv25, Magmar Lv25) Prize: P100
  923.  
  924. Preppy Takumi (Pidgeotto Lv25, Seadra Lv25) Prize: P1000
  925.  
  926. Ranger Rinea (Misdreavus Lv25) Prize: P100
  927.  
  928. To the far right is TM41 (Torment). On this floor there are 2 special Tombstones, it's the bottom one that we're looking for. A Level 24 Gastly occupies this one. Afterwards, on to the next floor.
  929.  
  930. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (4F)-
  931. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Cubone, Kangaskid, Abra.
  932.  
  933. Trainers Found
  934. ..............
  935.  
  936. Summoner Leslie Prize: P800
  937. (Vulpix Lv25, Ninetails Lv25, Kadabra Lv25)
  938.  
  939. Summoner Sarah (Haunter Lv25) Prize: P800
  940.  
  941. You'll be ambushed by a Trainer as soon as you enter. Strang thing is, she isn't controlled by the fog. The other woman still has enough time to warn you before she's taken over. That item down there is a Great Ball. To the top right is an HP Up. The Tombstone we're looking for is near the bottom right. Level 26 Gastly there. Take care of it and head up.
  942.  
  943. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (5F)-
  944. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Cubone, Abra, Kangaskid.
  945.  
  946. A random fireball almost hits Red when he gets here, it belongs to Charmeleon. There's Green! But that's not his usual smug self!!
  947.  
  948. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  949. ================
  950.  
  951. Rival Green Prize: P2560
  952. (Pidgeotto Lv28, Charmeleon Lv32, Scyther Lv30, Machoke Lv29)
  953.  
  954. Red tries to figure out which Pokemon could be controlling Green and the fog. You'll be given 3 choices: Drowzee, Gastly and Kadabra. Gastly is our answer, and speak of the devil, Gastly appears. This one is at Level 30. After it's defeated, Green comes back to his senses. Nope, he's still a smug bastard lol he's done here, he wants revenge on whoever controlled him. He'll go east, but you go north to the big tombstone. The ghost Pikachu can sense a room behind this tombstone, it'll make the tombstone disappear and that lets us explore that room.
  955.  
  956. Inside are 6 tombstones, set up in a circle with a mysterious flame in the center. Something possesses ghost Pikachu and speaks, giving a history about Lavender Town. This room is where the dead are reanimated. The Pokemon that were reanimated are what's possessing ghost Pikachu and the occults who did the reanimation sealed them here. They want to be freed. Interact with the flame, it will split into 6 flames, each on a tombstone. I'll list the Pokemon starting from the top right tombstone, going clockwise. When you're ready, get to it:
  957.  
  958. Corpse 1/Psyduck Lv30
  959. Corpse 2/Slowbro Lv30
  960. Corpse 3/Lickitung Lv30
  961. Corpse 6/Seadra Lv30
  962. Corpse 5/Mr. Mime Lv30
  963. Corpse 4/Pidgeotto Lv30
  964.  
  965. After that, go on into the room above. The item on the left is an Exp. Share and the item on the right is Rare Candy. Approach the altar and have one final moment with ghost Pikachu, who reveals that its owner was Lt. Surge. Vermilion Gym Leader x Team Rocker high ranking member. It is the leader of Team Rocket who killed Pikachu. Surge doesn't know this. We find out why he's working for Team Rocket and a little bit about his background, like being a war veteran who took part in the Pokemon War (because there's ALWAYS a war /==./ ). Red asks for the name of the Team Rocket boss, but before Pikachu can say more than "Gio...", it's time to pass on. Red leaves the Urn.
  966.  
  967. End of Bonus Chapter - Abandoned Gym.
  968.  
  969. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (Lt. Surge's Pikachu's resting place)
  970. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Haunter, Cubone.
  971.  
  972. Return to the room where we found Green.
  973.  
  974. -Lavender Town's Pokémon Tower (6F)-
  975. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Haunter, Cubone.
  976.  
  977. Now we can follow him east to the stairs taking us to the top floor. There's poison on the floor here. Green will heal your Pokemon. Make your way up to confront the source of this poison, an Arbok. Looking at it closely, Red realises that it's not a wild one. The owner makes his sudden entrance, Koga. That's Elite Triad member Koga to you! Team Rocket had been working in the background in Lavender Town, building a secret base while the townspeople blame ghosts. He's here for revenge after what went down back at Mt. Moon!
  978.  
  979. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  980. ===============
  981.  
  982. Team Rocket Koga (Arbok a Lv35) Prize: P1260
  983.  
  984. Green has to have his moment, he sends Charmeleon in for the final blow with Slash! No fainting for Arbok here, that big snake dead yo. Koga doesn't stay, taps into his inner Naruto knowledge and vanishes. We're done here.
  985.  
  986. Gotta talk to Mr Fuji and bring him up to speed. He can now move his old friend to a more suitable resting place.
  987.  
  988. A few days later.
  989.  
  990. Lavender Town is back to being a happy, bright town. Green lets Red know that going west from Route 5 will lead to the next destination, Celadon City and the next Gym is there. Doesn't matter how many times we beat this guy in battle, in his world he's still #1 *sigh* :)
  991.  
  992. End of Lavender Town Chapter.
  993.  
  994. There's an item I forgot about, no surprise because it's easy to miss haha you can move behind the Tower to get it, a Spell Tag. Now the people around town have had an attitude adjustment (no, no..not THAT attitude adjustment /==,/ ). For those of you who make use of the services of the Move Tutors, you will find a Tutor in the house next door to the Mosby Residence. Got any Mushrooms? Nothing else to do here for now. I say that because there is a Bonus Chapter, but to trigger it we have to come back to Lavender Town later and speak to someone named Sammy outside the Pokemon Tower. This is according to the Bonus Chapter guide by Lunos at the PokeCommunity (only shows how they are triggered though). There is a Bonus Chapter that can be triggered, so I want to go into it now then continue to Celadon. But if you're set for Celadon, just skip ahead to where I'm back on Route 5. This Bonus Chapter is back in Viridian Forest:
  995.  
  996. [XX7] BONUS CHAPTER - SECRET VILLAGE
  997. ====================================
  998.  
  999. Return to Kangaskhan. This time, you'll be asked if you want to take a nap in Kangaskhan's pouch! Say Yes and see Red catch some Zees. When he wakes up, he'll be somewhere new. This is the Kangaskhan Secret Village! The only other person there is a man named Porter who drops the info. Just like Red, he also took a nap in a Kangaskhan pouch and was brought here...over 100 years ago. Huh. Because this is in a different dimension, time stops here, hence Porter still being a young man. Another interesting thing that Red sees is the different Kangaskhan that are present, turns out they are Kangaskhoo - the male Kangaskhan. To get back home, just find Kangaskhan near the top right and hop back into that pouch. As you can see, Surf will be needed here so make a note of that. The only items to be found are a Skull in the top right and a Link Stone on the south side of that pond. Certain Pokemon can evolve with the use of a Link Stone. That's all for now.
  1000. Back to Route 5. From there, go west into Route 8.
  1001.  
  1002. ROUTE 8
  1003. -------
  1004.  
  1005. Pokemon to be found
  1006. ...................
  1007. Wild Grass: Pidgey, Meowth, Growlithe, Ekans.
  1008.  
  1009. Trainers Found
  1010. ..............
  1011.  
  1012. Tyler Siblings (Lv28 Persian, Jynx) Prize: P2016
  1013.  
  1014. Sibling Papu & Nina (Lv28 Jigglypuff, Clefairy) Prize: P2016
  1015.  
  1016. Be sure to come back with Cut to get that item you'll see as the scene changes. We see Wartortle girl in some building.
  1017.  
  1018.  
  1019. [K] CHAPTER 11 - WARTORTLE WARS
  1020. ===============================
  1021.  
  1022. Just after the Twin Trainers, continue on that lower path to find a Revive. Then continue with the upper path, past Sheldon and Penny to the Black Belt you see above:
  1023.  
  1024. Black Belt Knuckles (Primeape Lv30) Prize: P720
  1025.  
  1026. After the battle, Knuckles leaves...making room for Wartortle girl to show up and give you props for the battle. She offers to sell some items that she says can make Pokemon stronger. Just like that, Red coughs up P1000 and gets the Power Item. Ohh he's fallen hard for this chick :) Continue on into the gate, to find Officer Jenny screaming her lungs out because a Nirodan is in the building. Red tries out the Power Item, but quickly realises the thing is useless. Nidoran attacks, a Level 28 Pokemon. So much for falling hard for that girl, heh. Celadon City, we're here!
  1027.  
  1028. [007] CELADON CITY - "A Rich, Rainbow Coloured City Where People & ================== Pokemon Gather."
  1029.  
  1030. Places of Interest
  1031. ..................
  1032. - Pokemon Gym
  1033. - Pokemon Center
  1034. - Celadon Department Store
  1035. - Game Corner
  1036. - Celadon City Motel
  1037.  
  1038. Pokemon to be Found
  1039. ...................
  1040. Wild Grass: Nidorina, Nidorino, Magnemite, Grimer.
  1041. Surfing: Psyduck, Koffing.
  1042. Fishing: Magikarp, Grimer.
  1043. Game Corner: Abra, Clefairy, Dratini, Scyther, Porygon.
  1044.  
  1045. Red is aiming for the Pokemon Center to heal his Pokemon after the last battle. But you'll still have a chance to walk around and explore. There's a Zinc just behind the fence below when you enter town. If you go straight west you'll reach the Pokemon Center. South from where you found that Zinc is the Celadon City Motel, where a man super down on his luck will give you the Coin Case. We'll have to return with Surf to travel across that water to the southwest and the water close to the Gym. One guy on the street also got duped by Wartortle girl, he's currently waiting for her. In the house to the left of the PokeCenter, talk to one of the children who lets you know about a drawing contest held at the Celadon Dept. Store. Say Yes to obtain a Key Item, the Pika Drawing. This will trigger a Bonus Chapter.
  1046.  
  1047. [XX8] BONUS CHAPTER - PIKACHU AND FRIENDS
  1048. =========================================
  1049.  
  1050. You have to submit the drawing to the clerk at the Dept. Store. If you continue to explore this house, you can leave through a back entrance, to get that item behind the "Phan Residence" sign, a Link Stone. The path north leads out of Celadon to another path called Floral Road, but we're not yet done with Celadon. Back to the house, head upstairs...past the PETA crew...to find another staircase. Look who we find here, none other than Aethestode, creator of this game haha with an evil idea in mind :D below are some Cosplayers, one of them got their outfit from a place called Floral City (our next destination?). There are stairs heading up but looks like we can't use them. Back to the streets. By the Gym we'll find a man named Kaspar who tells us that the Leader is away, so we'll back later :/ If you head to the PokeCenter, you'll find Professor Oak. He's surprised to see Red here. He's aware of Green now having a Charmeleon and brings up Squirtle, which he was researching, until it was stolen from the lab! That certainly explains everything, eh? Oak doesn't stay long and leaves. The lady by the stairs there, Felicia, lets us know where Floral City is located, north from Celadon. In the Game Corner, there are some familiar faces by them slot machines. So THIS is what our friendly neighbourhood Rival does on the side, eh? He's got his eyes on the Porygon prize, so we can't blame him for the hustle haha. Below is the info about what's at this place:
  1051.  
  1052. CELADON GAME CORNER
  1053. ...................
  1054.  
  1055. 50 Coins - P1000
  1056. 500 Coins - P10 000
  1057.  
  1058. Abra - 180 Coins
  1059. Clefairy - 500 Coins
  1060. Dratini - 2800 Coins
  1061. Scyther - 5500 Coins
  1062. Porygon - 9999 Coins
  1063.  
  1064. TM13 (Ice Beam) - 4000 Coins
  1065. TM23 (Rock Throw) - 3500 Coins
  1066. TM24 (Thunderbolt) - 4000 Coins
  1067. TM30 (Shadow Ball) - 4500 Coins
  1068. TM35 (Flamethrower) - 4000 Coins
  1069.  
  1070. If you failed to catch a Clefairy like I did in Mt. Moon, well, here's your chance. Or maybe you're also eyeing that Porygon like Green haha. The guy in the middle will exchange 1 coin for a Legendary (?!)....if only a certain creator could get his act together haha. Then there's the curious fellow near the stairs next to the counters. He only lets Team Rocket members through. Red ain't no member because he ain't got no uniform. We'll be back alright. Now we can head for the Dept. Store.
  1071.  
  1072. CELADON CITY DEPT. STORE
  1073. ........................
  1074.  
  1075. 1F - Reception
  1076.  
  1077. 2F
  1078. --
  1079. Great Ball - P600
  1080. Super Potion - P700
  1081. Revive - P1500
  1082. Antidote - P100
  1083. Paralyz Heal - P200
  1084. Awakening - P250
  1085.  
  1086. All TMs are P9000
  1087. TM04 (Calm Mind)
  1088. TM15 (Hyper Beam)
  1089. TM18 (Rain Dance)
  1090. TM31 (Brick Break)
  1091. TM43 (Flame Charge)....yeah, no Secret Power :/ damn shame
  1092. TM45 (Attract)
  1093.  
  1094. 3F - Gamers' Heaven
  1095.  
  1096. 4F (All Stones are P2100)
  1097. --
  1098. Sun Stone
  1099. Moon Stone
  1100. Fire Stone
  1101. Water Stone
  1102. Leaf Stone
  1103. Thunder Stone
  1104. Link Stone
  1105. Ice Stone
  1106.  
  1107. 5F (All Enhancers are P9800)
  1108. --
  1109. HP Up
  1110. Protein
  1111. Iron
  1112. Calcium
  1113. Zinc
  1114. Carbos
  1115.  
  1116. X Attack - P500
  1117. X Defend - P550
  1118. X Speed - P350
  1119. X Special - P350
  1120. X Accuracy - P950
  1121. Guard Spec. - P700
  1122. Dire Hit - P650
  1123.  
  1124. On the rooftop we'll find the clerk whom we're supposed to give the drawing to. But he says you can't submit it, because it's not a drawing of a real Pokemon. There's a blue Pokemon in the drawing but he doesn't know what it is and won't accept it. Return to the girl to drop the bad news. She says it's a Pokemon she saw near Cerulean when the old lady took them there on a field trip. Sounds like not much to go on there as far as clues go, but fortunately it's not hard to find...just not easy to reach at the moment. Return to Cerulean and travel north. As you move along the bridge you will see the blue little Pokemon on the small island on the right. We don't have Surf yet :/ another Bonus Chapter put on pause. Back to Celadon.
  1125.  
  1126. If you talk to the woman outside the Dept. Store, she'll give you info about an old man and a house near Floral City. She hears weird growling sounds every time she passes it. Noted. Next door the Dept. Store is a cafe, THE place that will help move a certain Bonus Chapter forward! Talk to Chef Rudy to get that Malasada...if you can cough up P5000?! /OO!/ /==./ *sigh* \==.\ this better be worth it. The lady behind the counter will sell food that raises the happiness level of your Pokemon. Another P5000 for that. Get outta here. Let's get this nonsense over and done with. Travel back to Lavender Town to deliver the Malasada to Sailor Ted (I'm suspecting it's because he didn't have the cash money, that scumbag). Case closed? Heck no, now he tells us that the writer of the letter lives in Floral City. Have to go back to Greg to update him. He'll set off for Floral City after telling you where it is. Says he'll meet us there. Back to Celadon.
  1127.  
  1128. When you return, go to the square just outside the Dept. Store, where there are the 2 square bushes and a hedge statue. Earlier there was nothing but now you should see that scumbag Wartortle girl with a small crowd. She's selling some more shady items, but here we are to put a stop to it. Red chases her through the streets until cornering her by the water near the Gym...not for very long, she jumps onto a water Pokemon that can Surf! Aaaand there she goes. Come on. Remember that back entrance in the house where the orphans are? Good time to make use of it now to follow that girl.
  1129.  
  1130. NORTH OF CELADON
  1131. ................
  1132.  
  1133. Pokemon to be found
  1134. ...................
  1135. Wild Grass: Magnemite, Grimer, Gloom, Oddish, Pidgeotto.
  1136.  
  1137. That first right turn leads to a dead end at the moment, we'll come back with Surf and Cut, looks like there's something in the area behind those trees. The north way also leads to a dead end. Continue west, to find another north way and a section of the river that Wartortle girl surfed along. The north way goes into Floral Road, leading into Floral City!
  1138.  
  1139. [008] FLORAL CITY - "The Cherry Blossom Heaven."
  1140. =================
  1141.  
  1142. As you enter, you're greeted by Greg. The guy's scared to meet the writer of the letter :) this guy, heh. There's an old man nearby, Dekao, suprised when he hears Greg's name. He's not the secret admirer (ha!) but may know who it is (ohh, here we go...). They live in one of the houses in this city... /==./ Greg tells us a little bit about himself now that someone has shown some interest in him. It's time to find the secret admirer!
  1143.  
  1144. Known for the many festivals held here, Floral City certainly looks the part. You'll receive a yukata from Josh, he's standing to the north of town. It'll be the Traditional outfit in the Fashion Box. Now we're looking hip :D aside from the couple of people out and about, there are some houses. The two houses north from where you find old man Ramuh are both locked, which leaves the others that belong to women based on the signs...except for the house beyond the Floral Pathway. Kent's House. That's the house I've gone to and it turns out to be the correct one! Who would've thunk it, huh?
  1145.  
  1146. A few weeks later...
  1147.  
  1148. The scene takes place at the area northwest of town, where Mr Fanclub acts a pastor for this special event - Greg's marriage. Hate it or love it, that's up to you. I'm just glad this Bonus Chapter is another one completed.
  1149.  
  1150. End of Bonus Chapter - Love Letter.
  1151.  
  1152. You're able to visit the houses of the women but nothing major. At Kent's house, talk to Kent and as a sign of his gratitude he'll give you TM44 (Rest). That pretty much does it for Floral City. I'd hoped the river from Celadon would lead to Floral, but alas, it does not. As for the strange house mentioned by that woman in Celadon, I'm thinking it might be what's blocked off by those trees that need to be Cut. Back to Celadon. Just before you enter the orphan house, follow that turn to the right. A woman is there, I hadn't seen her before. Red will ask if she's seen Wartortle girl. She saw her running off to Route 8! Aha, off Red goes...while this woman turns out to BE Wartortle girl! Smart boy Red returns when he realises that something fishy was going on. Then she suddenly starts crying, admitting that she didn't sell those fake items for money but because she wanted to see Red again. Red falls for it, again!
  1153.  
  1154.  
  1155. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  1156. ================
  1157.  
  1158. Rival Blue (I should just call her Wartortle girl forever!)
  1159. (Jigglypuff Lv34, Wartortle Lv33)
  1160. Prize: P5280
  1161.  
  1162. Red takes her down, getting some payback. He finally finds out her name and leaves, all smiles and sunshine. Blue is left to herself...not to reflect and turn over a new leaf, no, but admire her newest prizes - our 2 Gym Badges! Oi, nani kore?!
  1163.  
  1164. End of Chapter 11 - Wartortle Wars.
  1165.  
  1166. Red's back at the Pokemon Center, having realised that the Badges are missing. The cherry on top comes next - Do You Want To Play As Blue? [Yes/No]
  1167.  
  1168. /==./ Know thy enemy..? (Obviously if you're not interested in this Bonus Chapter, just say No and skip ahead below where it says "Back to Red")
  1169.  
  1170. [XX9] BONUS CHAPTER - BLUE'S TALE 1
  1171. ===================================
  1172.  
  1173. A few hours earlier...
  1174.  
  1175. We join Blue in what looks like a secret hideout. According to her sources, this is where "the disc" is kept. She catches a couple of Team Rocket Grunts whining about their jobs and having seen Mew. The disc Blue is looking for can help to find Mew, one of the Grunts says. Doesn't take long for them to notice Blue, who dispatches them no problem (we don't even see it happen, only hear the sound of their screams...the horror). Carry on to the steps heading below. In the next area, grab that Ether you see in the upper corner. On the table is a note - "Press the switches to disable the slide panel". The slide panels in question are the ones to the bottom right, in between this area and the next. Notice those machines with the flashing lights? Interact with all of them until you see only one portion of those panels left (I interacted with the machines thinking it means all the panels would disappear but nope). Once you're in the other area, make your way up to the stairs.
  1176.  
  1177. More slide panels...fantastic. Fortunately they aren't as frustrating to navigate through like many, many other slide panels you'll probably find in other games (because for some damn reason they're SOOO popular among creators /==./ stop). So you'll be able to get that Rare Candy you see before continuing south for those stairs. In the bottom left corner is a strange tank with a strange green liquid. No panels on the floor, YES, but instead there are 3 other stairways (damnit). Blue won't go with the bottom right ones. The bottom left ones lead to a room where there's another tank and a note about Mew Project #87 being a failure. So that leaves the top left stairs. Go along until you get to another tank and an item in the top left corner, a Magnet. In the next room, on the small table is the disc but before you get it, there's another item on the bigger desk (TM21 Frustration), some info on Mew and another tank. Once you get the disc, the scientist mentioned by one those Grunts storms in - Blaine!
  1178.  
  1179. End of Bonus Chapter - Blue's Tale 1.
  1180.  
  1181. Back to Red. Still at the Celadon PokeCenter. Step out, to find 2 Grunts, looking for Blue. Red gets a neat idea.
  1182.  
  1183.  
  1184. [L] CHAPTER 12 - BREAKING IN
  1185. ============================
  1186.  
  1187. Go all the way south from the Game Corner, to where that body of water in the southwest part of town is. You'll find one of the Grunts...
  1188.  
  1189. Team Rocket Grunt (Ekans Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1190.  
  1191. Now we got our uniform. Back to Game Corner to show it off. We go downstairs, ending up at the hideout where Blue was. You see 2 Grunts guarding one of those tanks (if you played the Blue Bonus Chapter). Gotta keep a low profile. Blaine arrives, it seems the cell some of the Grunts brought in doesn't contain enough DNA data to clone a complete Mew body. They'll need the real deal and since Blue has the disc, they have to get it back from her. Now Red suddenly has a change of heart about Blue after hearing all this. An alarm rings, Blue has been spotted in the southeast side of Celadon. Red has to hurry, but as he's leaving he sees Blaine is still around. The bald man doesn't say anything and goes away. There are other Grunts also around.
  1192.  
  1193. Team Rocket Grunt (Raichu Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1194.  
  1195. Team Rocket Grunt (Tauros Lv28, Jynx Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1196.  
  1197. Team Rocket Grunt (Graveler Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1198.  
  1199. You'll find the stairs, taking you to the room of 4 stairways. If you skipped the Blue chapter, the top right stairs are how Blue gets to this room, coming from an area of slide panels (remember the Rocket Hideout from the Celadon Game Corner in the 1st generation games? Yup. Those). The bottom left stairs lead to a dead end. Blue wouldn't go up those bottom right stairs in her chapter, but Red can. Waiting up there are some Grunts guarding an important item.
  1200.  
  1201. Team Rocket Grunt (Arbok x2 Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1202.  
  1203. Team Rocket Grunt (Haunter Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1204.  
  1205. Well, that so-called important item is only important enough to restore 20HP /==./ Potion. Lovely. Let's just head back to the 4 stairways. Not a word. Time to tackle some slide panels. Grunts too.
  1206.  
  1207. Team Rocket Grunt (Golbat x3 Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1208.  
  1209. Team Rocket Grunt (Weezing Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1210.  
  1211. Make your way through to the next room. Friendly slide panels, eh?
  1212.  
  1213. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1080
  1214. (Arbok Lv28, Sandslash Lv30, Gloom Lv30)
  1215.  
  1216. Team Rocket Grunt (Golbat Lv28) Prize: P1008
  1217.  
  1218. We're back in the Game Corner, leave and go to that southeast area of Celadon to find Blue surrounded by more Grunts. But she's clearly got them in the palm of her hands, threatening to let Wartortle destroy the disc. One of the Grunts sends out a Tauros to attack Blue and retrieve the disc. Before Tauros can finish things off, Blue sends out another Pokemon, Ditto. What happens next is a little confusing but Red will step in to shield Blue from Tauros and looks like he'll team up with her against these Grunts. Next thing that Tauros turns into a Ditto when the Grunt attempts to attack. \==.\ let's just fastforward to the part where Blue sends out a Jigglypuff to help her and Red escape. They escape, but without the Mew Disc. Now they're on a rooftop. Blue asks for a favour, Red is not interested...until she dangles those 2 Badges.
  1219.  
  1220. End of Chapter 12 - Breaking In.
  1221.  
  1222.  
  1223. [M] CHAPTER 13 - MEW HUNT
  1224. =========================
  1225.  
  1226. Turns out that the rooftop is of the orphan building. Leave. If you return to the Game Corner, there will be Grunts blocking the entrance. Red doesn't think the Grunts should be looking for them since they retrieved the disc...until Blue reveals that she has the real disc. She sends out Ditto to show Red what Mew looks like, he sees that it's the Phantom Pokemon he encountered way back. Ditto Mew goes on to fool the Grunts, making them chase after it. That leaves the Game Corner entrance free again. Blue loads the disc onto her Silph Scope...it reacts to some strong signals coming from the west of Celadon. Not out of town, just close to the Gym. There's Mew. This time it's at Level 30. Still can't catch it. No surprise since it's so strong. Before anything else can be done, the Grunts are back, no longer being fooled. Red will deal with them while Blue secures Mew:
  1227.  
  1228. Team Rocket Grunt (Jynx Lv30) Prize: P1080
  1229.  
  1230. This Grunt tells Jynx to finish things-- Mew reacts and disappears together with the Grunts. While you fought that Grunt, good old Blue was taking photos of Mew and now is off to the papers. She does leave behind the 2 Badges. *Phew*
  1231.  
  1232. End of Chapter 13 - Mew Hunt.
  1233.  
  1234. You'd think the Gym is open now, after what we've gone through...nope :/ what IS open is the western exit out of Celadon, so I guess that counts for something.
  1235.  
  1236. ROUTE 16
  1237. ........
  1238.  
  1239. Pokemon to be found
  1240. ...................
  1241. Wild Grass: Spearow, Doduo, Rattata, Raticate.
  1242.  
  1243. You don't get very far before seeing a Porygon along the path. Red can't believe it, when you interact with it though it bounces off along the north way.
  1244.  
  1245.  
  1246. [N] CHAPTER 14 - NINETALE TAILS
  1247. ===============================
  1248.  
  1249. We can't go further west because Red wll hear a cry, so north it is. Look who it is, Green and the Porygon is one he won at the Game Corner, ha! Gotta give him props for the hustle :) but he's having trouble with it. It won't stay in its Poke Ball. He thinks he needs to weaken it but since his Pokemon are resting at the PokeCenter, Red steps in to help. It is a Level 30 Porygon. Not a problem, that solves Green's issue. He'll leave and Red decides to take a nap.
  1250.  
  1251. A few hours later...
  1252.  
  1253. He wakes up with a start. Down below, we see Green and Charmeleon taking on a Ninetales! It's the source of the cry that Red heard. Green tries to take it down, but Ninetales comes after you, at Level 35. Can't be caught. In the end, it's not Red who catches it. He just did the work for Green, who does catch i. Great job, Green.
  1254.  
  1255. End of Chapter 14 - Ninetale Tails.
  1256.  
  1257. Hopefully you managed to catch a Vulpix from the S.S. Anne, so you don't have to feel too bad about Green's gangster ways. We can continue west now, don't miss that Zinc just above you in the grass. Now, the person you'll meet next along this route is a bit of a scumbag, basically telling us something that we've known all along - that there's no HM02 (Fly) in this game. Great job. Carry on until you see a gate. To the left is an item, a Max Repel. Inside the gate, Officer Jenny tells us that up ahead is Cycling Road...wait, what? But--
  1258.  
  1259. ROUTE 17
  1260. ........
  1261.  
  1262. Pokemon to be found
  1263. ...................
  1264. Wild Grass: Spearow, Doduo, Rattata, Raticate, Fearow.
  1265. Surfing: Grimer, Goldeen.
  1266. Fishing: Magikarp, Psyduck, Seaking.
  1267.  
  1268. Trainers
  1269. ........
  1270.  
  1271. Punk Cranky (Wigglytuff Lv28) Prize: P560
  1272.  
  1273. Punk Pucky (Nidoking Lv29) Prize: P580
  1274.  
  1275. Punk Rock Prize: P580
  1276. (Electabuzz Lv27, Charmeleon Lv29, Dewgong Lv29)
  1277.  
  1278. Outside we find Green and a couple of Bikers (he has a gang now?). He just wants a battle. Gotta testdrive that new Porygon somehow.
  1279.  
  1280. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  1281. ================
  1282.  
  1283. Rival Blue Prize: P2720
  1284. (Machoke Lv30, Charmeleon Lv34, Porygon Lv30, Pidgeotto Lv30, Scyther Lv35)
  1285.  
  1286. Good question by Red, asking about the Ninetales Green caught. Green just decided not to use it. Yeah, he knew we'd beat it too :) he leaves. So here we are, on Cycling Road without a Bike. Strange, but I think we can get used to this, given that the one Bike we got so far in the game fell apart ages ago. That item you see there is a Revive. Be sure to come back with Surf for that item to the far right near the water halfway along this route. When you get to the end of the road, Red will suddenly have a bike but go crashing into a nearby tree when there are some people in his way. One of those people is Erika! Probably a bodyguard of hers, Clinton, tells Red to back off and you're asked if you want to let this go or not. Let's play around with this:
  1287.  
  1288. If You Choose No
  1289. ................
  1290.  
  1291. Clinton, who turns out to be the Butler, will battle you.
  1292.  
  1293. Butler Clinton (Vilepume Lv35) Prize: P1400
  1294.  
  1295. Erika will step in, admitting that they were at fault. Clinton has to apologise, we find out that Erika is the daughter of the wealthiest family and most importantly, the Celadon City Gym Leader. BUT, as usual in a lot of these games, we've come across another Gym Leader who won't do their job and just accept your challenge...nah, Erika will meet you at the Gym and tell you what you have to do to face her. She leaves with her entourage and that starts the next chapter.
  1296.  
  1297. If You Choose Yes
  1298. .................
  1299.  
  1300. No battle against Clinton, you just jump straight to Erika admitting that they are at fault.
  1301.  
  1302.  
  1303. [O] CHAPTER 15 - EEVEELUTION
  1304. ============================
  1305.  
  1306. I really hope what Erika wants us to do isn't something stupid. We'll come back to this part with Cut for that item behind the fence, but the item near the water on the left is a Hyper Potion. Ah. We'll need Cut to continue south too. Back to Celadon.
  1307.  
  1308. Enter the Gym and speak to Erika. For us to challenge her, we have to catch an Eevee /==./ I knew it. As Red asks where he can find one, the world's #1 PokeManiac Bill arrives...just to VISIT :) this guy. He lets us know that an Eevee has been spotted on Route 17. Bill leaves and Erika gives us something that might help - HM01 (Cut)! Our very first HM! Then Erika says something interesting, we don't have to teach the move to a Pokemon. Just go to a tree and Press 'A'. Even though Erika says we can only use the move if we have a Pokemon that can learn Cut, the move will work outside of battle regardless of which Pokemon you have. Clever. Right, since we got Cut now that grants us access to some shortcuts, new paths and items that we've passed on the way. Below I'll be backtracking to try out the HM. If you want to go for that Eevee immediately, just skip down to "Back on Route 17".
  1309.  
  1310. [BT1] THE GREAT HM01 (CUT) BACKTRACK
  1311. ....................................
  1312.  
  1313. ROUTE 22
  1314. ........
  1315.  
  1316. The item behind the tree is a Nugget.
  1317.  
  1318. ROUTE 12
  1319. ........
  1320.  
  1321. TM14 (Blizzard). Sweet!
  1322.  
  1323. ROUTE 8
  1324. .......
  1325.  
  1326. The item is TM17 (Protect).
  1327.  
  1328. NORTH OF CELADON
  1329. ................
  1330.  
  1331. Now we can find out what exactly is behind those trees. There's an old man named Hayden outside a house. He claims he's tending to his garden but Red thinks he's up to something else. That aside, because of the rain he offers Red a place to stay until it ends. Hayden cooks up some food. You'll be asked if you want to eat or not. Doesn't matter what you choose:
  1332.  
  1333. Someone walks in that he doesn't recognise. The man's name is Steve, on his way home to Fuchsia City but this storm isn't helping and he's hoping to stay here until the storm ends. Red wonders why Steve didn't stop over in Celadon City which is close by. Hayden allows him to stay overnight, sharing a room with Red. He wasn't planning on staying that long but he might as well since this new guy looks shady. Hayden's happy about getting some company, but Red tells him he thinks Steve is suspicious. Hayden doesn't think so. Red has to trust people. A Bonus Chapter is triggered.
  1334.  
  1335. [XX10] BONUS CHAPTER - HOSPITALITY
  1336. ==================================
  1337.  
  1338. You're able to leave the house. Inside though you'll see that the middle room is blocked by a rock that needs Rock Smash to break it. There are stairs heading down to the left and stairs going up to the right. Red won't go downstairs. Upstairs Steve is there. Red doesn't trust him still. When you climb into bed you'll be asked if you want to sleep or not. If you say yes, Steve talks, picking up that Red finds him suspicious and may think he's a criminal. Red denies it but then admits it. Steve just wants to return home from Floral City. He notices that Red is carrying Poke Balls and finds out that he's a Trainer. Turns out the guys both have the same favourite Pokemon - Zubat...?! /oo./ Would've never guessed. A new friend made!
  1339.  
  1340. A few minutes later
  1341.  
  1342. Steve was coming from the Orange Archipelago and had decided to stop in Floral City for a festival. He was also planning to travel to the Nanomi Region and the Decolore Islands too but there's a parasite outbreak in the Nanomi Region and a lot of criminal activities in the Decolore Islands involving a group called Team Dyna. Steve is looking forward to seeing his mom. He's even bought some sourvenirs and shares one with Red - a Master Ball! It's no problem for Steve because nobody in his family is a Trainer anyway. Incredible!
  1343.  
  1344. A few hours later
  1345.  
  1346. Red's sleep is disturbed by old man Hayden who's right by his bed. He says he's forgotten to clean his wife's tombstone, which is in Lavender Town and he can't make the trip. Red offers to help. The tombstone is one of those found in the Lavender Graveyard along Route 12. When we return there, interact with the tombstone that says "Here lies Plankton". Red will comment that he can't find the wife's gravestone. Go back to Hayden's house to tell him. Hayden thanks him for trying. Steve has gone already. Hayden suggests Red stays, he's going off to buy groceries.
  1347.  
  1348. A few hours later
  1349.  
  1350. Hayden's been gone for a while. Red decides to have a look at where those stairs on the left go. But before he can go there, he hears a sound, likely coming from the blocked off center room. Turns out we'll have to come back with Rock Smash after all...another Bonus Chapter put on pause. /==./ That ends our Great HM01 (Cut) Backtrack.
  1351.  
  1352. Back on Route 17, go to that fence where we saw that item - TM28 (Leech Life). Then use Cut so we can continue south. Bill appears, with more info about Eevee. This one breathes fire...? The path east enters Route 18, but thanks to old man Martha, we can't continue along it. We'll come back for that item behind the fence. Instead, explore the grass area on the bottom left from where you Cut down the trees. There's a Jolteon on the rock above, which surprises both Red and Bill. It is at Level 30 and can't be caught. It'll run away after the battle, and as it does it transforms into a Vaporeon! It doesn't go very far, just that big puddle nearby. Still Level 30. Once again it will disappear, this time to the rocky platform north from the puddle, as a Flareon. Red figures out that it kept changing type forms in response to the types he was calling out, to counter them. Defeat it one more time to have it change back into an Eevee. They notice something clipped on one of its ears, a microchip. That's what enabled it to transform. Red isn't sure Erika has told him everything. We need some answers, damnit!
  1353.  
  1354. End of Chapter 15 - Eeveelution.
  1355.  
  1356. The scene shifts back to the Celadon City Gym, where Clinton asks Erika why she sent Red to find Eevee, which turns out to be part of their project...suddenly Erika sends out her Vilepume to attack a Drowzee that had been spying on them. They want that Eevee!
  1357.  
  1358.  
  1359. [P] CHAPTER 16 - RAINBOW BADGE
  1360. ==============================
  1361.  
  1362. Make your way back to the Gym. When you're ready and have a Pokemon that can learn Cut, step in.
  1363.  
  1364. Butler Stanley (Weepinbell Lv30, Gloom Lv30) Prize: P1200
  1365.  
  1366. Butler Glen (Ivysaur Lv30) Prize: P1200
  1367.  
  1368. A pretty straightforward Gym, after taking care of those two, you'll meet Clinton, who hasn't forgotten you.
  1369.  
  1370. Butler Clinton (Vileplume Lv35) Prize: P1400
  1371.  
  1372. He'll step aside to let you pass. In the next room what you'll find is a computer and if you have a full team, Red will comment that maybe he shouldn't have a full team when you interact with it. When you have space in your party, Red reads about Eevee Reconstruction. At that moment, in comes Erika to add more info about that. If Eevee can be reconstructed it will be able to transform rapidly between all type forms....becoming a powerful weapon. Red is upset about being lied to and going on this chase...only to say something stupid, that he doesn't need the Rainbow Badge. Dude. Erika won't let him leave with that Eevee:
  1373.  
  1374. >>GYM...BOSS? BATTLE<<
  1375. ======================
  1376.  
  1377. Leader Erika (Weepinbell Lv34, Gloom Lv34, Vileplume Lv35)
  1378. Prizes: P3500
  1379.  
  1380. Despite the battle, Erika will attack Red with Vileplume. Eevee doesn't look very well, enough for Erika to want to put it out of its misery. Red won't allow it! The attack doesn't happen. Erika reveals that the Eevee is an experiment of a certain organisation. Erika and her team received reports about Eevee escaping from the project. That organisation is Team Rocket. Turns out Erika and her team are among the good guys and since Eevee has grown to like Red, he can travel with it. He also gets the Rainbow Badge. They have to work together to take on Team Rocket. Also, Erika gives him a Key Item, the Lens, which allow you to check your Pokemon's IV and EV spreads.
  1381.  
  1382. End of Chapter 16 - Rainbow Badge.
  1383.  
  1384. Outside the Gym, Bill shows up. We find out that he knew all about Erika and everything. He's worried about Red going with Eevee, but Red ain't listening. Onwards to Fuchsia! As he leaves, an unknown Team Rocket woman appears near the Gym and notes that Eevee is now with Red. Travel back to Route 18, now free for us to travel through.
  1385.  
  1386. ROUTE 18
  1387. ........
  1388.  
  1389. Pokemon to be Found
  1390. ...................
  1391. Wild Grass: Spearow, Doduo, Rattata, Raticate, Fearow.
  1392.  
  1393. That item behind the fence, you'll see that there's no way to reach it :/ odd. In the Bird Heaven grass there is a Protein. On a brighter note we find Brock, out training with his Onix. He believes Red hasn't reached his potential yet, saying his Pokemon are strong individually but there's no synchro between them. So to help us out, he borrows Red that...*sigh*...that trio of Geodude /==./ so help me. They're Level 30, knowing Rollout, Rock Blast, Rock Climb and Selfdestruct. Brock returns to his Gym and you're only a few steps away from the next city. Upstairs in the gate is a woman who'll give you a Soothe Bell.
  1394.  
  1395. [009] FUCHSIA CITY - "Behold! It's Passion Pink!"
  1396. ==================
  1397.  
  1398. Places of Interest
  1399. ..................
  1400. - Pokemon Gym
  1401. - Pokemon Center
  1402. - PokeMart
  1403. - Safari Zone
  1404. - Fuchsia City Library
  1405. - Move Deleter (Lu Residence)
  1406.  
  1407. Feel that passion! Compared to how we used to get here back in the old days (I mean in the Gen 1 games), this has been a hop, skip and a jump from Celadon haha which I can appreciate, because damn that trek through the eastern side of Kanto from Lavender Town or via the Cycling Road...ah, anyway, we're in Fuchsia :) pink, passionate and full of life - Pokemon life. Walk around to see the various "Pokemon" being kept. I'll let Laslow shatter the illusion. The south exit is blocked by stones that need Strength to be move them. Hit the PokeMart for some new items on sale:
  1408.  
  1409. FUCHSIA CITY POKEMART
  1410. .....................
  1411.  
  1412. Poke Ball - P200
  1413. Great Ball - P600
  1414. Ultra Ball - P1200
  1415. Net Ball - P1000
  1416. Dive Ball - P1000
  1417. Premier Ball - P200
  1418. Potion - P300
  1419. Super Potion - P700
  1420. Antidote - P100
  1421. Paralyz Heal - P200
  1422. Burn Heal - P250
  1423. Ice Heal - P250
  1424. Ether - P1200
  1425. Awakening - P250
  1426. Revive - P1500
  1427. Repel - P350
  1428. X Attack - P500
  1429. X Defend - P550
  1430. X Speed - P350
  1431. X Special - P350
  1432. Guard Spec. - P700
  1433. Dire Hit - P650
  1434.  
  1435. Fresh Water - P200
  1436. Soda Pop - P300
  1437. Lemonade - P350
  1438. Moomoo Milk - P500
  1439.  
  1440. Should I tell you that there's someone standing outside the Gym, ready to tell us that the Gym Leader isn't around? No? Good, let's move on. Let's explore the houses in town first before tackling the almighty Safari Zone. In the house south from the Gym is a man who has given up on visiting the Safari Zone after an incident involving Victreebel and a species of turtle Pokemon that used to inhabit the Zone. He used to feed those Pokemon, but since he can't do anything with the food now, he gives that to you. Obtained Fish Food....and a Bonus Chapter.
  1441.  
  1442. [XX11] BONUS CHAPTER - ANCIENT TURTLE
  1443. =====================================
  1444.  
  1445. Next door is the Farker Residence, but you're here only to use the backdoor and meet old man Martha /oO?/ and no, he doesn't have anything to give us except his usual sass. At least he's not in the way this time. Emphasis on "this time". The Move Deleter lives at the Lu Residence, the house on the left further south. To the right is the Nanohana Residence. Laslow outside has been to a place called New Island where there are strong Pokemon and a strange one that he saw. In the PokeCenter you'll find the lady responsible for the Victreebel incident :/ up north, east of the Safari Zone is the Fuchsia City Library, where you'll find a woman named Cinnamon, sister to our new friend Steve (if you tried out Cut to explore North of Celadon to find Hayden's house. Long story). Looks like he hasn't returned home yet. What's happened? Next door you'll find Sugar, mother of Steve, and she's in a state. Steve hasn't answered his phone. The only place left for us to visit is the Safari Zone, hopefully there are some answers there. That item behind the fence, can't get it. 2nd or 3rd one we've seen so far. Once you got your ticket, we're set.
  1446.  
  1447. SAFARI ZONE
  1448. ...........
  1449.  
  1450. -(1st Zone)-
  1451. Wild Grass: Rhyhorn, Nidoran Male, Exeggcute, Venonat, Nidorino, Nidorina, Parasect, Scyther, Chansey.
  1452. Surfing: Psyduck.
  1453. Fishing: Goldeen, Seaking, Dratini, Psyduck, Dragonair.
  1454.  
  1455. No worries about being here on limited time or only being able to catch Pokemon using Safari Balls, thank goodness. That lets us explore this place at our own pace and you can hunt down some good Pokemon. Straight north from the entrance is an item on the rocky platform, a PP Up. Straight east from the entrance is a man who'll offer transport aboard the Pidgey Express. If you say Yes, you'll end up on a big raft and with a Bonus Chapter. Saying No just lets you continue.
  1456.  
  1457. [XX12] BONUS CHAPTER - SAFARI ZONE
  1458. ==================================
  1459.  
  1460. Watch Red sail along the river, admiring the Pokemon. Coming across 2 Nidoking duking it out for a Nidoqueen, Red tries to catch one of the Nidoking..but gets Nidoqueen instead despite having been told not to catch any Pokemon while on this tour! *face palm* one of the Nidoking goes berserk and attacks, destroying the raft. Red wakes up, one of the Pidgeybots is still with him. Now he's got a lot of Nidoking coming after him, as well as the Victreebel. Great job, guy. We'll be back in the Safari Zone with Rock Smash for that item below. As you move west, a Nidoking pops up and almost destroys Pidgeybot but Red steps in and they escape. If you follow the path right round, you'll find that the south way is guarded by another Nidoking. Going east leads to a house. So from where that Nidoking attacked go straight west, the weather will change. Pidgeybot warns that this area is dangerous because of the Victreebel-- spoke too soon, as one of those Victreebel appears and attacks. Moments later, Red wakes up to find himself surrounded by more Victreebel. In the middle of an evolution ritual and will be completed by Red being eaten! Get out of there! You can only go west, because the other paths are blocked by Victreebel. We'll meet up with Baobo, outside a safe house...but before we can go in, a Victreebel jumps out of nowhere. Thank Baobo for reminding us that Victreebel, as dangerous as it may be, is still a Pokemon /==./ after what's been going on, it sure didn't feel like we were dealing with Pokemon...or that Red is in fact a Pokemon Trainer, with Pokemon of his own to help him! Victreebel is at Level 30 and can be caught. After sorting that out, Nidoking returns, also at Level 30 and can be caught. In the end, Baobo is impressed by Red being able to battle both...so impressed that he'll let Red tour the Safari Zone without supervision...which is what we were doing in the beginning. Good lord.
  1461.  
  1462. End of Bonus Chapter - Safari Zone.
  1463.  
  1464. From the safe house just backtrack across the bridge and then south across the other bridge and follow the path behind those trees that have to Cut on the left. This leads to a western path blocked by another tree, Cut it and continue, until you reach a small pond with a darker patch. A Victreebel attacks when you approach, but it suddenly gets caught by a Pokemon from the water. A turtle Pokemon! Red lays out the Fish Food and the Pokemon emerges. Look at it! The Pokemon that was said to have gone extinct because of the Victreebel - Laketoise. /==,/ I see what you did there. It doesn't look too pleased to see us! It's at Level 30 and can be caught...because who would believe you if you told them you found an ancient turtle Pokemon called Laketoise in the Safari Zone, hm?
  1465.  
  1466. End of Bonus Chapter - Ancient Turtle.
  1467.  
  1468. Maybe we'll come back to this pond later once we can Dive, just to see if there's anything more here. Make your way back to the main path and continue east, past the spot where Red was surrounded by the Victreebel and we'll be back in the area where Nidoking blocked the south way. This leads into the northwest section of the first area, you'll see a cameraman with Nurse Joy being interviewed by Ribitta. Further south of course is the way out of the Safari Zone. The item above the cameraman is a Water Stone, neat. You'll meet a woman named Karma who will offer you a single Exeggcute for you get to that Water Stone. We'll be back here with Surf to explore more of the eastern section, following the river just like in the Bonus Chapter. What I'll assume is Area 3 is where we ended up after Nidoking destroyed the raft:
  1469.  
  1470. -(3rd Zone)-
  1471. Wild Grass: Rhyhorn, Nidoran Male, Exeggcute, Paras, Nidorino, Nidorina, Venomoth, Chansey, Tauros.
  1472. Surfing: Psyduck.
  1473. Fishing: Goldeen, Seaking, Dratini, Psyduck, Dragonair.
  1474.  
  1475. And then Area 4 is where the Safe House and the Laketoise pond are:
  1476.  
  1477. -(4th Zone / Reward House)-
  1478. Wild Grass: Doduo, Nidoran Male, Nidoran Female, Nidorino, Exeggcute, Venonat, Venomoth, Kangaskhan, Tauros.
  1479. Surfing: Psyduck.
  1480. Fishing: Goldeen, Seaking, Dratini, Psyduck, Dragonair.
  1481.  
  1482. Am relying on Lunos' guides here. If it's true then to the east is Area 2:
  1483.  
  1484. -(2nd Zone)-
  1485. Wild Grass: Nidoran Male, Nidoran Female, Nidorino, Doduo, Exeggcute, Paras, Parasect, Kangaskhan, Scyther.
  1486. Surfing: Psyduck.
  1487. Fishing: Goldeen, Seaking, Dratini, Psyduck, Dragonair.
  1488.  
  1489. That's pretty much it as far as the Safari Zone goes. Back to town. Nothing else we can do for now...the Gym is still closed, no updates on Steve or anything new from the man who gave us the Fish Food. What's left is to leave Fuchsia from the east. Upstairs in the gate building there's someone with an interesting fact about Delia, that she's a former Champion. There will be someone in one of the previous cities who will reveal that the current Champion has a child who's in a coma. Up next, Route 15.
  1490.  
  1491. ROUTE 15
  1492. ........
  1493.  
  1494. Pokemon to be found
  1495. ...................
  1496. Wild Grass: Gloom, Venonat, Venomoth, Pidgeotto, Vulpix.
  1497.  
  1498. Trainers
  1499. ........
  1500.  
  1501. Camper Anna (Clefable Lv31) Prize: P620
  1502.  
  1503. Black Belt Lily Prize: P768
  1504. (Hitmonchan Lv32, Primeape Lv32, Raticate Lv32)
  1505.  
  1506. Harpie Robin (Golem Lv32, Fearow Lv32) Prize: P512
  1507.  
  1508. We've been told that this is a long route, so be prepared. Carry on east, one of the people you'll meet, Sasha, will talk about seeing a Vulpix at a shrine on Route 14. A one-tailed Vulpix. Interesting. From where Sasha is, the goes north and south - north leads into Route 13 and south goes to Route 14. According to Lunos' Bonus Chapter guide, there is a Bonus Chapter involving that shrine...it requires us going there with a regular Vulpix at midnight. I'm going to cover this down below. If you want to skip it and just move up to Route 13, drop down to where I start in Route 13.
  1509.  
  1510. [XX13] BONUS CHAPTER - ONE TAILED VULPIX CHAPTER
  1511. ================================================
  1512.  
  1513. ROUTE 14
  1514. ........
  1515.  
  1516. Pokemon to be found
  1517. ...................
  1518. Wild Grass: Gloom, Venomoth, Pidgeotto, Vulpix.
  1519.  
  1520. Trainers
  1521. ........
  1522.  
  1523. Punk Bernie (Raticate Lv30, Parasect Lv30) Prize: P600
  1524.  
  1525. Simple route, going south. Take that short left turn before going beyond the fence to find TM13 (Ice Beam)! Solid. Carry on all the way until you see the roof of the shrine. Talk to Noel to get the story about the one tailed Vulpix. When you get to the shrine, your Vulpix will react, suddenly frightened. There's a bright light and Vulpix disappears. As Red recovers, he's attacked by the one tailed Vulpix, Level 30 and can be caught. It appears to be a Ghost-type too. Whether you decide to catch it or defeat it, Red will lose his original Vulpix for this one. But there are other Vulpix to be found around here so no worries. That's the Bonus Chapter.
  1526.  
  1527. ROUTE 13
  1528. ........
  1529.  
  1530. Pokemon to be found
  1531. ...................
  1532. Wild Grass: Vulpix, Venonat, Oddish, Pidgey, Pidgeotto, Ponyta.
  1533.  
  1534.  
  1535. Trainers
  1536. ........
  1537.  
  1538. Bird Keeper Edgar (Pidgeot Lv34) Prize: P816
  1539.  
  1540. Camper Carol (Raticate x2 Lv31, Nidoqueen Lv31) Prize: P620
  1541.  
  1542. Another simple route to move through. You'll pass through a grassy field with Doduo running back and forth. The path will turn north. That item in the top corner is a TM17 (Protect). The item near where you battle Camper Carol is Rare Candy. That cave entrance ahead leads into Diglett's Cave.
  1543.  
  1544. DIGLETT'S CAVE
  1545. ..............
  1546.  
  1547. Pokemon to be found
  1548. ...................
  1549. Wild Encounters: Diglett, Dugtrio.
  1550.  
  1551. We'll have to come back with Rock Smash to explore that section to the left. Head down to find 4 Diglett and a man on the other side. The Diglett surround the man (?! Him!) and Red has to save him. The Diglett you'll battle is at Level 30 and can be caught. The man was here looking for fossils before the Diglett gave him trouble. Red offers to help him find fossils...don't do it, Red! That moment when you recognise a character in a story but other characters don't know that character, yet /==!/ Follow the path south, down the stairs, south, up the next stairs and north, where you'll find the Dome Fossil. As you'll see, this place is a light maze that could really use a map. But I'll do my best to guide you through in text form. Makes me hope there's no Victory Road in this game lol. From where you find the Dome Fossil, just go north and you'll reach the Root Fossil. That rock that needs Rock Smash which we saw when we got here is just for a shortcut, because now we're on the other side. From there, continue north then northeast to find fossil #3, the Claw Fossil. Back to where we got the Dome Fossil, then continue west down the stairs. Take the first path going north, follow it until you can go either left or right. Going right will lead to TM27 (Return). Going left will lead to what looks like an Old Amber, but leave it for now because that'll trigger a cutscene. There's another fossil to pick up. Go all the way south then west for the second path going north. Simple path to that last fossil, the Helix Fossil. Now we can go for that Old Amber. Those left paths are just shortcuts to be made by Rock Smash. The man confirms that it is an Old Amber, with a Pokemon called Buzzwole inside it. Afterwards, it's time to finally leave this place. The exit is close by.
  1552.  
  1553. We're back outside Pewter City, at that entrance that was previously blocked by Diglett. The man steps out and as far as Red goes, he's made a new friend...really bad choice dude. Suddenly some heat is felt from somewhere, the kind of heat linked to a Magmar. It's a building on fire - the Pewter Museum!
  1554.  
  1555.  
  1556. [Q] CHAPTER 17 - MOLTEN MAGMAR
  1557. ==============================
  1558.  
  1559. That item behind the fence by this entrance turns out to be Rare Candy. Make your way to the Museum. Wild Magmar are the cause of the fire and a man's daughter is trapped inside. Red is about to go in, but the man returns, reminding him that he's just a kid, ha. Leave it to the grown ups. Red doesn't listen and goes in. Inside he finds the daughter trapped behind fire created by 2 Magmar. Red manages to get rid of one, but can't approach the remaining one because it'll blast you with fire when you do. There has to be something in the room. Interact the rock near the top left display cases, it's a burnt rock. Red will use it to distract Magmar and get close to the daughter, but not enough because of those flames. Magmar gets rid of the rock and turns towards Red. But that man arrives to help...problem is, Magmar will still attack. It is a Level 40 beast that can't be caught :/ the man has made some mental notes about Red's battle skills and decides maybe he should get rid of him here and now. Because Red won't finish Magmar off, the man changes his mind, having thought Red would be a threat. This man, Giovanni, doesn't think him and Red will see each other again, so he gives him the Old Amber and HM04 (Strength)! Red can now move the boulders in Fuchsia. As Red leaves, Giovanni reveals his true colours - dealing a COLD, final blow to Magmar. We find out that the Pewter City Museum is shut down for a short time, but Brock and the Pewter community put it back together.
  1560.  
  1561. End of Chapter 17 - Molten Magmar.
  1562.  
  1563. ...yeah, rebuilt the Museum but inside are the exact same visitors, haha. Return to Fuchsia and test out that Strength, breaking into Route 19.
  1564.  
  1565. ROUTE 19
  1566. ........
  1567.  
  1568. Pokemon to be found
  1569. ...................
  1570. Wild Grass: Wingull, Krabby, Kingler, Pidgey, Raticate.
  1571. Surfing: Tentacool.
  1572. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Seadra, Psyduck.
  1573.  
  1574. Trainers
  1575. ........
  1576.  
  1577. To the south, the girl near the rocky platform tells you that you can jump off from there. Really? Okay...get up there and take that leap of faith. Underwater, head to the top left to get another Water Stone. Far south is the real treasure - HM03 (Surf)! FINALLY!! You know what that means? Another Great Backtrack! Or just skip down to "Back on Route 19". Not having Water Pulse in this game was a bad move, but now that we got Surf your Water Pokemon can rejoice-- oh come on /==./ a random Dragonite steals the HM. Wow.
  1578.  
  1579.  
  1580. [R] CHAPTER 18 - DEEP SEA SEARCH
  1581. ================================
  1582.  
  1583. -(Underwater Spot)-
  1584. Wild Grass: Krabby, Shellder, Gastroper, Cloyster.
  1585.  
  1586. Fortunately we don't have to travel very far to find the thief, Dragonite is back north. But when you interact with it, Dragonite moves to another spot. Cat and mouse until Red finally corners it. It's at Level 38. Save your Poke Balls. Dragonite won't go down, pushing Red around, until a Gyarados appears to help - Misty! We return to the beach, Misty got that HM back but it's been damaged by Dragonite (really?). Now she wants to trade Pokemon, her Gyarados for a Krabby (at this point I'm willing to bet you already have both). Is it so difficult to just give us a replacement HM, since she's the self-proclaimed Water-type expert? *sigh* Go back underwater to find a Krabby for the girl. That Seel is your way back to the beach. Complete the trade and get HM03. Seriously, with all the Water Pokemon we've come across up to this point, was the trade really necessary? The HM was all that mattered. Now that we can Surf, we can travel to Cinnabar Island and Seafoam Island, where a legendary Pokemon resides. Red asks Misty if she could come along, but of course she's a Gym Leader...responsibilities and all. The only reason she's here is because she realised Red would have trouble crossing the sea. Could've just given us the HM then, not give away one of your strong Pokemon (which we could get on our own) and then regret not coming along in an aside. Her Gyarados is at Level 30, knowing Bite, Dragon Rage, Twister and Leer. Keep it, release it, that's up to you.
  1587.  
  1588. End of Chapter 18 - Deep Sea Search.
  1589.  
  1590. NOW I can do the backtrack. Skip down to "Back on Route 19" if you do not want to go through this.
  1591.  
  1592. [BT2] THE GREAT HM03 (SURF) BACKTRACK
  1593. .....................................
  1594.  
  1595. PALLET TOWN
  1596. ...........
  1597.  
  1598. Going south leads into Route 21. In the old games we'd use this way to reach Cinnabar Island and the Seafoam Islands, but since Kanto has been remapped in this game, we'll have to come back to find out what's along this route.
  1599.  
  1600. Pokemon to be found
  1601. ...................
  1602. Wild Grass: Tangela, Pidgeotto, Cubone, Farfetch'd, Chansey.
  1603. Surfing: Magikarp, Gyarados, Staryu.
  1604. Fishing: Gyarados, Shellder, Gastroper, Cloyster.
  1605.  
  1606. ROUTE 22
  1607. ........
  1608.  
  1609. We get TM12 (Taunt).
  1610.  
  1611. VIRIDIAN FOREST
  1612. ...............
  1613.  
  1614. We get Black Sludge, helpful item for Poison Pokemon to hold. At that body of water where the Swimmer was, you'll find Rare Candy.
  1615.  
  1616. KANGASKHAN SECRET VILLAGE
  1617. .........................
  1618.  
  1619. Here, you'll get the chance to catch one of the Kangaskhoo. Just Surf south from where Porter is and interact with the lone Kangaskhoo you see. It's at Level 30.
  1620.  
  1621. CERULEAN CITY
  1622. .............
  1623.  
  1624. Finally getting to move around some more in the water city. You can talk to the swimmers. Surf west, taking you back to Route 4 and behind those Slowpoke (ha! They run off when you startle them from behind). The path going north leads to a new area, the North Cerulean Sector...problem is, some guy named Cloud and another guy named Sephiroth are blocking the way. Who ARE these guys? The eastern exit out of town is now open, so take note. That new blue Pokemon seen by the little girl from Celadon? We can get to it at last. Red takes a photo of the Pokemon, but that angers it. This Pokemon is called Marin...man, don't leave your Pikachu and your Vaporeon alone. It's at Level 40 and can be caught. A Water-type that has the Ability "Wonder Guard" (nice) and knows Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Shadow Ball and Slash. Not too shabby. Let's go back to Celadon to show it off. Return to the top floor of the Dept. Store and speak to the clerk. Red now has evidence and convinces Kai. He finds out whom the drawing belongs to and it's pretty clear who the winner of the contest should be :) he goes over to deliver the prize. Case closed.
  1625.  
  1626. End of Bonus Chapter - Pikachu And Friends.
  1627.  
  1628. Back to Cerulean. Can we take care of another Bonus Chapter? Sadly no, if you go back to that lake northwest of town, nothing happens even though we can Surf. No darker water so no chance to Dive. When we do get Dive, we'll have to come back for that spot where we find Officer Jenny. But, we can reach that Swimmer near Bill's cottage. Her name is Anya and that darker water isn't a Dive spot, just shallow water because she can't swim in deeper waters. She has a "friend" that she says swims around her every day. Today she's got some food for him. Red tells her to get out of the water, but something grabs Anya's leg and drags her under! Damn. The item floating nearby is TM25 (Thunder). There is some good news, Officer Jenny will have more to say this time. She's investigating the lake. You'll have 2 choices, to either tell her about Andrew and Anya or not. I'm sorry but I rushed in and chose to tell Officer Jenny (^^!) but I'll assume if you don't tell her, you just get to move along. Officer Jenny will tell us a bit about Cerulean City and the water surrounding it...when suddenly, she'll be pulled underwater too. Red needs to get down there...but we don't have Dive, so we can't...? Get in the water. When you reach the darker water, you will be asked if you want to dive /oo!/ Well.
  1629.  
  1630. Underneath we'll find Officer Jenny. This is an underground cave. Red sees Anya, Officer Jenny tries to bring her to them but Red notices that Anya can't hear her. She's scared and bleeding, then disappears. Red proposes they leave, but Officer Jenny sees there are others here who need help, but she twisted her ankle when she fell down. It's up to us.
  1631.  
  1632. -CERULEAN CAVE (Route 25 Section)-
  1633. Wild Encounters: Muk, Haunter, Golbat, Gastly, Quagsire, Wobbuffet.
  1634. Surfing: Mudkip, MudkipX, MarshtompX.
  1635. Fishing: MudkipX, MarshtompX.
  1636.  
  1637. Those dark patchs of water you'll see, avoid them. It'll just send you back to the entrance. Surf to the lady you see to the east. That's Cindy! But she can't hear Red. She tells us a little about herself, turns out she likes Andrew but doesn't think he likes her (girl, do we have some news for you!). She adopted a pet Marshtomp that evolved into a Swampert, which she named Ian. A very strange Swampert it was, didn't like Cindy's father. Her parents are dead and when it was just her and Ian left, she'd have recurring nightmares of being dragged into the lake by some force. Cindy felt that something was up and had planned to leave Cerulean. On the night she was going to leave, she spent time with Andrew. She was unaware that they were near the lake that had been in her nightmares, Ian appeared and pulled her in. She was approached by some hungry Mudkip-- Cindy disappears. Continuing east you'll find a man named Jinzo from the Hoenn region. Just like Cindy, he can't hear Red. He'll tell us his story about his Mudkip Derek that he got from a friend as a gift. We find out that he's Cindy's father and get his side of the Ian story. Tragic stuff. He'll disappear too. South from him is Andrew, ready to tell us his story. After he disappears, there are 2 more people left, a guy to the west and Alexis further south. The man is called Doctor Hogback and he could've been the greatest scientist if it weren't for the meddling Director from the Pokemon Association, putting a stop to his experiments. He found a Mudkip, which he has named Experiment #626 a.k.a "Evans" and injected with chemicals and messed it up, but he doesn't care. To prevent Evans from dying, he placed it and his Gengar into a Hybrid Machine, fusing them! No ear rings needed, no dance too. The monster killed dear doctor when he opened the Machine. Then there's Alexis, who found a Mudkip outside a lab and took care of it. Strange things happened. After her story, return to Officer Jenny. We couldn't rescue anyone, because they were just illusions. Officer Jenny thinks it might a psychic power and suggests they leave. Someone or something starts laughing, Red hears it and decides to stay, telling Officer Jenny to leave first. Surf all the way south, you'll be able to pass over the dark water. You'll eventually find the monster. Each person we spoke to has been linked to a Mudkip, giving it a different name...this monster goes by all those names, including the name LUKE, which it got from its original Trainer who gave it away! Red doesn't believe this creature is Mudkip, but Doctor Hogback's Gengar, that has taken over the corpse of Mudkip. Then someone named Dennis Rader speaks, Gengar was born from the shadow of this man, a murderer. Time to take this thing on. Identified as SwampertX, Level 40. When you defeat it, Gengar will leave the corpse and escape, to fight another day. Officer Jenny regrets having let her Mudkip go. Case closed.
  1638.  
  1639. End of Bonus Chapter - Lake Monster.
  1640.  
  1641. ROUTE 6
  1642. .......
  1643.  
  1644. We get TM23 (Rock Throw).
  1645.  
  1646. CELADON
  1647. .......
  1648.  
  1649. Dead ends. Dead ends everywhere. That northwest river that Blue escaped along and that pond to the southwest...no items, no leading to anywhere. Damn /==./
  1650.  
  1651. ROUTE 17
  1652. ........
  1653.  
  1654. We get a Skull.
  1655.  
  1656. SAFARI ZONE
  1657. ...........
  1658.  
  1659. If you go along the river all the way east to where you'll see a house, just south from there is TM06 (Toxic). All you'll find in the house are some interesting (maybe scandalous?) diary entries involving a cover up. When you try to leave, a Victreebel pops up. Level 30. Can be caught. After that there's nothing else. The river heads north, into the area where Red wakes up in the Bonus Chapter. Leave.
  1660.  
  1661. What's left is exploring the east area out of Cerulean City that we couldn't get to before. Problem is I explored this area in my main run of the game (had to start a new game to cover the early parts for the walkthrough then continue in my main game once I caught up...where I had paused, I'd gone through that area). But I didn't have Surf so I couldn't progress. We got Surf now, so let's go.
  1662.  
  1663. ROUTE 9
  1664. .......
  1665.  
  1666. Pokemon to be found
  1667. ...................
  1668. Wild Grass: Spearow, Rattata, Ekans, Doduo, Koffing.
  1669.  
  1670. There is a Bonus Chapter here, the Magical Raccoon Chapter. Just speak to the old lady you'll see to trigger it. The prize is a new Pokemon, Kabiin, of an unknown type. Knows Cosmic Power, Fairy Wind, Moonblast and Body Slam. Level 40. Apologies for having forgotten that I'd already gone through here, so no Trainer info. Just follow the route until it goes south into Route 10.
  1671.  
  1672. ROUTE 10
  1673. ........
  1674.  
  1675. Pokemon to be found
  1676. ...................
  1677.  
  1678. Wild Grass: Spearow, Voltorb, Machop, Lickitung, Mr. Mime, Mrs. Mime, Ekans.
  1679. Surfing: Tentacool.
  1680. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  1681.  
  1682. If you go all the way south, you'll reach an invisible wall that keeps you from entering that gate heading west into what could be Saffron City. Can't do anything about it even now. Instead, go back to the water you just passed by and Surf east. You will find some Voltorb rolling about outside a very familiar building - the Power Plant.
  1683.  
  1684. POWER PLANT
  1685. ...........
  1686.  
  1687. As soon as you walk in, brace yourself! There's Lt. Surge and ZAPDOS!! Surge isn't too happy to see Red, which gives Zapdos time to escape. While Surge goes ahead after it, a couple of Team Rocket Grunts are sent in to deal with you.
  1688.  
  1689. Team Rocket Grunts (Lv33 Nidorina, Clefable, Sandslash) Prize: P2376
  1690.  
  1691. [XX14] BONUS CHAPTER - ZAPDOS
  1692. =============================
  1693.  
  1694. Pokemon to be found
  1695. ...................
  1696.  
  1697. Wild Encounters: Voltorb, Magnemite, Pikachu, Magneton, Electabuzz
  1698.  
  1699. Time to move. Easy to get around here, in the far bottom right corner of the Plant is TM33 (Reflect). Continue north from there to find Surge has caught up to Zapdos. He has his Voltorb with him, aiming to kill Zapdos but fails and the legendary bird flees again. Surge chases, but leaves those Voltorb for you. Level 40. Take care of them and carry on. Before going west, there's an item in that room just below, Metal Powder. Eventually you'll catch up to Zapdos, all by itself. Red tells it he's here to help, but Zapdos doesn't think so! It attacks, at Level 40. You guessed right, can't be caught haha *sigh* But it does calm down after the battle....only for Scumbag Surge to chuck one Poke Ball to get it. Talk about gangster.
  1700.  
  1701. End of Bonus Chapter - Zapdos. (and the 2nd Great Backtrack)
  1702.  
  1703. Back on Route 19. Phew, if you skipped the Backtrack you missed out! Solved a mystery, almost got zapped...so much action lol. But here we are, back on the road with the sea ahead of us and Fuchsia behind us. Once you're ready and geared up, let's swim.
  1704.  
  1705. ROUTE 19 (continued)
  1706. ........
  1707.  
  1708. Pokemon to be found
  1709. ...................
  1710. Wild Grass: Wingull, Krabby, Kingler, Pidgey, Raticate.
  1711. Surfing: Tentacool.
  1712. Fishing: Horsea, Gyarados, Seadra, Psyduck.
  1713.  
  1714. Trainers
  1715. ........
  1716.  
  1717. Camper Marlene (Pikachu Lv32, Arbok Lv32) Prize: P640
  1718.  
  1719. Swimmer Cecil (Seaking Lv32, Tentacruel Lv33) Prize: P660
  1720.  
  1721. Another straightforward route, just head south and follow the sea west into Route 20.
  1722.  
  1723. ROUTE 20
  1724. ........
  1725.  
  1726. Pokemon to be found
  1727. ...................
  1728. Surfing: Magikarp, Gyarados, Seel.
  1729. Fishing: Seel, Tentacool, Gyarados.
  1730.  
  1731. Trainers
  1732. ........
  1733.  
  1734. The weather shifts, not always a good sign, now it starts to snow. Welcome to Seafoam Island. Another hop, skip and a jump from Fuchsia :) I could get used to this. The cave entrance is to the south. That old woman outside will heal your Pokemon. Old man Martha's waiting for you if you continue past the old woman. Red sees all the snow and wonders if this the work of Articuno. He's ready, you're ready, I'm ready, let's go in.
  1735.  
  1736.  
  1737. [S] CHAPTER 19 - ARTICUNO CHAPTER
  1738. =================================
  1739.  
  1740. SEAFOAM ISLAND CAVE
  1741. ...................
  1742.  
  1743. -Right Side (1F)-
  1744. Wild Encounters: Seel, Psyduck, Zubat, Golbat.
  1745.  
  1746. There's some Nevermeltice to the north, just cross the ice floor and go past the giant hole. If you take the left path from when you came in here, you reach a boulder formation puzzle. Hmm, falling down the hole leads to TM20 (Safeguard) and an ice floor puzzle /==./ The Almighty ice floor puzzle, because what's an ice cave without one, eh? This time we're not the only one here, there's a little girl on the left below. But it doesn't look like we can get to her from here, might have to drop from a higher floor right in front of her or a part of the floor in her line of sight so we can just slide to her. Make your way to the right side of this room.
  1747.  
  1748. -Right Side (B1F)-
  1749. Wild Encounters: Seel, Zubat, Golbat, Golduck.
  1750.  
  1751. There you'll find Calcium and a ladder taking us back to the middle of the first room. What's left is the boulder formation puzzle. Simple puzzle, reach the ladder and we're back outside. Go left and up the stairs to see a Team Rocket Grunt facing another entrance...but just up ahead past the Grunt is Articuno!...Right? More Grunts appear, surrounding Red. When Articuno senses danger it stops moving, which is the case now. Gotta stop these goons.
  1752.  
  1753. Team Rocket Grunt (Slowbro Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1754.  
  1755. Articuno ain't sticking around for this, it flees and the Grunts give chase. I thought these Pokemon are LEGENDARY! /==./ so can we expect Moltres to run away too? Enter the cave that was blocked by one of the Grunts. Inside, you can see that beyond those boulders are rocks that require us to have Rock Smash to pass through to get that item. That leaves the ice floor. Make your way to the King's Rock and exit. Back outside, but on the side that Martha was blocking. Move up to find an Ice Heal. Head west to reach the left side of these islands. To the very western end, we'll need Rock Smash to continue, so just enter the cave. We'll find a way to get that item you see above.
  1756.  
  1757. -Left Side (1F)-
  1758. Wild Encounters: Seel, Zubat, Golbat, Golduck.
  1759.  
  1760. Inside, there's Grunt just ahead of us. To the left, past that ladder is a PP Up. Down that ladder you'll find an Ultra Ball.
  1761.  
  1762. Team Rocket Grunt (Arbok Lv33, Sandslash Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1763.  
  1764. Move through those boulders to tackle another Grunt.
  1765.  
  1766. Team Rocket Grunt (Slowbro Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1767.  
  1768. This Grunt suddenly comes to his senses, tells us about a self-destruct chip that has been implanted in him?! To prevent it from going off, he jumps into the water. What? Continue on to find another Grunt. Shaming Youngster Trainers everywhere.
  1769.  
  1770. Youngster Grunt (Nidoking Lv33) Prize: P528
  1771.  
  1772. Past the Grunt you'll find our way out of here.
  1773.  
  1774. -Left Side (2F)-
  1775. Wild Encounters: Seel, Psyduck, Golduck, Zubat, Golbat, Dewgong.
  1776.  
  1777. Team Rocket Grunt (Raticate Lv33, Mr. Mime Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1778.  
  1779. Team Rocket Grunt (Golduck Lv33, Golbat Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1780.  
  1781. Breeze through this room, over the ice floor to the exit south. Outside, you'll see that the item we saw from below can't be reached without Rock Smash :/ to the north from the entrance we came through, there's a Grunt blocking the way, so go left. A double battle awaits.
  1782.  
  1783. Team Rocket Grunts (Tentacool x2 Lv33, Tentacruel Lv33) Prize: P2376
  1784.  
  1785. ...but even if you win the battle, the story goes on like Red lost /==./ his Pokemon weren't at full health?! Come on, what nonsense is this? Anyway, while the Grunts are talking Articuno flies past, heading north from Seafoam Island. The Grunts send out the message to all the others and they leave. Red thinks Articuno may have been trying to protect him, at the cost of its own safety.
  1786.  
  1787. End of Chapter 19 - Articuno Chapter.
  1788.  
  1789. We're on the other side of those Rock Smash rocks and west is where we can go. We'll be back, because if you go back up top there will a couple of people. One of them, Snow, will tell you about a Pokemon resembling a snowman that rescued her when she once fainted here. It was between 9pm and midnight. Interesting...I came back around 9pm and this is what happens:
  1790.  
  1791. [XX15] BONUS CHAPTER - ICY SNORLAX CHAPTER
  1792. ==========================================
  1793.  
  1794. That area which was blocked by that Grunt, before you face those "super strong" Grunts in a double battle, go there. Red will start feeling really cold, not wanting to fall asleep. But he does...when he wakes up, there's a unique Snorlax present, one made of snow. Follow it back to that north area and get ready for battle! SnorlaxS is at Level 50 and can be caught. It ain't shiny but it's an Ice-type Snorlax! May it serve you well :)
  1795.  
  1796. End of Bonus Chapter - Icy Snorlax Chapter.
  1797.  
  1798. Right next door is Cinnabar Island!
  1799.  
  1800. [010] CINNABAR ISLAND
  1801. =====================
  1802.  
  1803. But we don't land in town, but an area outside with fires going!
  1804.  
  1805. Pokemon to be found
  1806. ...................
  1807.  
  1808. Wild Grass: Ponyta, Magmar, Vulpix, Growlithe, Arcanine.
  1809. Surfing: Magikarp, Tentacruel, Gyarados.
  1810. Fishing: Shellder, Staryu, Starmie, Seadra.
  1811.  
  1812. Doesn't take you long to find Team Rocket. It's those 2 "super strong" Grunts and a 3rd wheel not identified...aaand Red hasn't healed his Pokemon from the previous battle /==./ Great job, story. Suddenly, Blaine shows up, called a traitor by these Grunts. Blaine sends out a Rapidash while Grunt 1 sends out Gengar for a Night Shade attack that puts a stop to it. Red escapes with Blaine.
  1813.  
  1814.  
  1815. [T] CHAPTER 20 - VOLCANO BADGE
  1816. ==============================
  1817.  
  1818. Blaine finally introduces himself, having just saved Red. But the Grunts are close to finding them so they need to create a diversion. Blaine asks Red to find a Volcanic Rock, Dry Leaves and Flame Petals. The red flowers just a little to the right from where Blaine is - Flame Petals. The black rock just to the left from Blaine - Volcanic Rock. There's a slim tree just hidden behind some of the regular trees to the right from where Blaine is, just a couple of steps northwest from where you found the Flame Petals. Thats where the Dry Leaves are. Done. Return to Blaine and he'll tell you to find a good spot for the diversion. Just go beyond that slim tree. Blaine creates fire, and the Grunts take the bait. Red asks a very good question (saves us from asking), why Blaine didn't just use his Rapidash to create the fire /oO?/ but there's no time, we have to run. Making your way up you'll see a Grunt blocking a cave entrance. So continue west to a column of flames blocking the way into town. Blaine notes that those flames are odd-- the flames dance around, fuse together and reform as Moltres! Team Rocket captured it at the Indigo Plateau and now Red has to battle it. Level 40. Don't bother asking lol you already know you can't. Red can't get close to it. Blaine asks if he has a Flying-type that can rival a legendary Pokemon in terms of power, obviously Red does not. Blaine notices that Red has dropped something, the Old Amber. He has an idea. He has a lab inside the volcano and gives Red the Mystery Key to access it. The cave entrance is open now. Just south from the entrance you'll find an Ice Stone.
  1819.  
  1820. -Cinnabar Island's Volcano-
  1821. Wild Encounters: Magmar, Slugma, Ponyta, Graveler.
  1822.  
  1823. Up ahead, trouble.
  1824.  
  1825. Team Rocket Grunt (Raichu Lv33, Ninetales Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1826.  
  1827. Team Rocket Grunt (Vilepume Lv33, Lickitung Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1828.  
  1829. Team Rocket Grunt (Beedrill Lv33, Venomoth Lv33) Prize: P1188
  1830.  
  1831. Team Rocket Grunt (Tauros Lv34, Magmar Lv34, Ditto Lv34) Prize: P1224
  1832.  
  1833. Team Rocket Grunt (Primeape Lv36) Prize: P1296
  1834.  
  1835. There are 2 ways out of this area, an exit to the northeast and the other one is to the northwest. In the bottom left corner of this area is TM35 (Flamethrower), excellent. The item above the Grunt with the Primeape is an Eviolite. That northwest exit leads into town, so let's make a note of that. We're looking for the lab. Get them fossils ready! Super fast revival process, the Pokemon are transferred to your PC if you got a full team. It's Aerodactyl that we'll need. Once it's in your team, go back to Blaine and get ready for the rematch against Moltres. Whether you battle it with Aerodactyl or some other Pokemon, sadly though the result is the same - one of the Grunts gets Moltres back and they retreat. Blaine says he has to leave the island so he can complete his mission. He created a bioweapon for Team Rocket and must make sure it's taken care of. As a gift, he gives Red the Volcano Badge! Wow, just like that?? M'kay :) I hope you see this, Fuchsia Gym Leader, wherever you are! With that, Blaine leaves.
  1836.  
  1837. End of Chapter 20 - Volcano Badge.
  1838.  
  1839. Scene change, we see that mysterious Team Rocket female member who appeared in Celadon after Red got Eevee. She has Moltres. Koga appears, with Articuno...then Surge appears with Zapdos. Not yet done, the Big Boss himself Giovanni arrives as well. Forget the Mewtwo project, he's found new aces. The scene changes again, Officer Henry (?) has to deal with Blue, who's hoping to enter some place but Henry won't budge. Plan B, Jigglypuff! She'll float in instead-- from nowhere, Green flies in on a Charizard! Damn, gotta give the guy props for not slouching in the background. He doesn't see any problem with the city they want to enter...until he bangs into an invisible wall! Blue has figured out that it's a barrier created by a Psychic Pokemon. She suggests Green and her team up, but you know Green - he goes off to ask his gramps instead.
  1840.  
  1841. Back to Red. The way into town is finally open, let's go in.
  1842.  
  1843. [010] CINNABAR ISLAND [town] - "The Fiery Town of Burning Desire."
  1844. =====================
  1845.  
  1846. Places of Interest
  1847. ..................
  1848. - Pokemon Gym
  1849. - Pokemon Center
  1850. - PokeMart
  1851. - Cinnabar Island Mansion
  1852. - Cinnabar Island Science Lab
  1853.  
  1854. CINNABAR ISLAND POKEMART
  1855. ........................
  1856.  
  1857. Poke Ball - P200
  1858. Great Ball - P600
  1859. Ultra Ball - P1200
  1860. Net Ball - P1000
  1861. Dive Ball - P1000
  1862. Repeat Ball - P1000
  1863. Premier Ball - P200
  1864. Potion - P300
  1865. Super Potion - P700
  1866. Antidote - P100
  1867. Paralyz Heal - P200
  1868. Burn Heal - P250
  1869. Ice Heal - P250
  1870. Ether - P1200
  1871. Max Ether - P2000
  1872. Elixir - P3000
  1873. Awakening - P250
  1874. Revive - P1500
  1875. Repel - P350
  1876. Super Repel - P500
  1877. X Attack - P500
  1878. X Defend - P550
  1879. X Speed - P350
  1880. X Special - P350
  1881. X Accuracy - P950
  1882. Guard Spec. - P700
  1883. Dire Hit - P650
  1884. Poke Doll - P1000
  1885.  
  1886. Fresh Water - P200
  1887. Soda Pop - P300
  1888. Lemonade - P350
  1889. Moomoo Milk - P500
  1890.  
  1891. Looking much better than in the original games, Cinnabar :) certainly a lot more greener. In the PokeCenter, speak to Sandra. Truth! When you're ready, go to the Cinnabar Island Science Lab, seeing as the Mansion is blocked. Inside the Science Lab, looks like there's no power (no HM for Flash in this game). You'll find some notes around about Mew and the clone created from its DNA. Make your way to the right and enter the first room, where you'll find an Invitation to New Island. Interesting. Continuing right you'll come face to face with a new creature, but it disappears. Nothing else to be done here. We have this Invitation but where on Earth is New Island? Time to leave Cinnabar, we'll be back. Exit to the northwest. Oddly enough, Ramuh the Teleporter isn't here /oO./ We'll teleport from another city to check if we can still get back here...hopefully it's not a serious glitch.
  1892.  
  1893. ROUTE 21
  1894. ........
  1895.  
  1896. Pokemon to be found
  1897. ...................
  1898. Wild Grass: Tangela, Pidgeotto, Cubone, Farfetch'd, Chansey.
  1899. Surfing: Magikarp, Gyarados, Staryu.
  1900. Fishing: Gyarados, Shellder, Gastroper, Cloyster.
  1901.  
  1902. Trainers
  1903. ........
  1904.  
  1905. Swimmer Eric (Gyarados x2 Lv34, Seaking Lv34) Prize: P680
  1906.  
  1907. Fisherman Tate (Mr. Mime Lv34, Butterfrep Lv34) Prize: P1224
  1908.  
  1909. Fisherman Christian Prize: P1080
  1910. (Tentacruel Lv30, Cloyster Lv30, Flareon Lv30, Rapidash Lv)
  1911.  
  1912. Bug Catcher West (must be Cosplaying as a Fisherman today /==.)
  1913. (Pidgeotto Lv33, Seadra Lv33) Prize: P396
  1914.  
  1915. You'll find a Star Piece floating to the left of you as you swim north. A little way up you'll find Stardust. Then a Pearl. Yes, another straightforward route lol no sweat. Takes us all the way back home to Pallet Town...Red notices something. Where's everybody?? (..well, Nurse Joy and Chansey are still in the PokeCenter haha thank goodness) Enter the house which is usually blocked by the old woman. Inside, it's Blue?! Red hopes she's not here to steal something, she's not...and she does look rather sad, not her usual self. She leaves. If you interact with the TV and all, Red comments that everything is covered in dust. Could this house be...
  1916.  
  1917. Let's check on Professor Oak. He's there at least...Professor? He starts to roar when Red tries to talk to him. It's a Kadabra! Owned by that female Team Rocket member...who else but Sabrina, member of the Team Rocket's Elite triad, and she has everyone in Saffron City. She leaves and as we step out as well, in comes Green...looking to be helpful this time. He's also aware about the Saffron situation and it turns out he's on a revenge mission, despite saying he couldn't be bothered by Team Rocket's activities /==./ so they could destroy the world and Green-kun wouldn't care *sigh* to get to Saffron, we have to go east of Route 5...you know, where Perry and Swift were having a rap battle?
  1918.  
  1919.  
  1920. [U] CHAPTER 21 - PALLET HEROES
  1921. ==============================
  1922.  
  1923. No Ramuh the Teleporter, obviously (see why not having HM for Fly in this game is not the brightest of ideas? We could've just flown to Cerulean now). Funny thing is, the Beedrill I have learned Fly as a natural move but can't be used "until a new Badge is obtained" (can't remember which specific Badge was needed to use Fly back in the original games). Anyway folks, just make your way back to Cerulean and then Route 5. Perry and Swift are gone, I wonder who won, letting us get into Route 7.
  1924.  
  1925. ROUTE 7
  1926. .......
  1927.  
  1928. Pokemon to be found
  1929. ...................
  1930. Wild Grass: Pidgeotto, Meowth, Gloom, Growlithe, Persian.
  1931.  
  1932. You'll see Green, but before getting to him, there's an Everstone in the grass above him there and Blue. She's not surprised Red and Green know each other. Green still hasn't figured out how to get through the barrier. With a little hint from Blue, he sends out a Golduck and has it use its psychic powers so they can look into Saffron, where they see a Mr. Mime, the source of the barrier. We'll have to work with this guy to get anything done *sigh* his Golduck will transmit Red's consciousness through the barrier as an astral projection.
  1933.  
  1934. End of Chapter 21 - Pallet Heroes.
  1935.  
  1936.  
  1937. [V] CHAPTER 22 - MIME GAME
  1938. ==========================
  1939.  
  1940. We appear on the streets of Saffron, unable to see everything around us (like being in a dark place without Flash). Also on the streets are Grunts, but since we're just a projection you can just get some dialogue. Make your way to the northeast section of town, where Mr. Mime stands outside the Saffron Gym. It's at Level 35. Take care of it and finally break the barrier. No surprise Green storms in without Red and Blue is still Blue /==./
  1941.  
  1942. End of Chapter 22 - Mime Game.
  1943.  
  1944.  
  1945. [W] CHAPTER 23 - SILPH CO
  1946. =========================
  1947.  
  1948. Now we can get into Saffron proper.
  1949.  
  1950. [011] SAFFRON CITY = "Shining, Golden Land of Commerce."
  1951. ==================
  1952.  
  1953. Places of Interest
  1954. ..................
  1955. - Pokemon Gym
  1956. - Pokemon Center
  1957. - PokeMart
  1958. - Silph Co
  1959. - Saffron City Bro Dojo
  1960. - Saffron City School
  1961. - Carmichael Residence
  1962.  
  1963. SAFFRON CITY POKEMART
  1964. .....................
  1965.  
  1966. Poke Ball - P200
  1967. Great Ball - P600
  1968. Ultra Ball - P1200
  1969. Net Ball - P1000
  1970. Dive Ball - P1000
  1971. Repeat Ball - P1000
  1972. Premier Ball - P200
  1973. Potion - P300
  1974. Super Potion - P700
  1975. Antidote - P100
  1976. Paralyz Heal - P200
  1977. Burn Heal - P250
  1978. Ice Heal - P250
  1979. Ether - P1200
  1980. Max Ether - P2000
  1981. Elixir - P3000
  1982. Awakening - P250
  1983. Revive - P1500
  1984. Repel - P350
  1985. Super Repel - P500
  1986. X Attack - P500
  1987. X Defend - P550
  1988. X Speed - P350
  1989. X Special - P350
  1990. X Accuracy - P950
  1991. Guard Spec. - P700
  1992. Dire Hit - P650
  1993. Poke Doll - P1000
  1994.  
  1995. Fresh Water - P200
  1996. Soda Pop - P300
  1997. Lemonade - P350
  1998. Moomoo Milk - P500
  1999.  
  2000. Remember, there are Team Rocket Grunts out on the streets. From the entrance if you go north you'll see Green battling one Grunt, doesn't last long. He wins and goes ahead. Straight east from the entrance will lead to the Silph Co building, but don't go there yet because there's a trap. You can get the Calcium you see behind one of the buildings just below you. Going south from the entrance will lead to the Carmichael Residence, where a woman named Carol will ask you to pass on a message to someone named Joshua who's in the Silph Co building. Next is the Saffron City School, but it's blocked by a Grunt. Then there's the PokeCenter, nearby there's Blue in her own battle. After she wins, she'll also take off. To the right is the Saffron City Bro Dojo. Remember the Dojo Band you got for either speaking to the Mega Punch guy or Mega Kick guy in the cave west of Cerulean, along Route 4? Let's hand it in.
  2001.  
  2002. Inside the Dojo you'll be met by Groff who'll want to see the Dojo Band. Now we can take on these guys. Ready?
  2003.  
  2004. Black Belt Jovan (Hitmonchan x2 Lv35) Prize: P840
  2005.  
  2006. Black Belt Miguel (Hitmonlee Lv25) Prize: P600
  2007.  
  2008. Speaking to the master Erik, you'll find out that they lost their Gym status to Sabrina (he thinks Red was sent here by Sabrina). Ain't no getting through to him.
  2009.  
  2010. Black Belt Erik Prize: P840
  2011. (Hitmonchan Lv35, Hitmontop Lv35, Hitmonlee Lv35)
  2012.  
  2013. After the battle Red tells him about those 2 guys from Route 4 and Erik becomes cool. This used to be Saffron's official Gym until Sabrina happened. As a gift, he'll let you have his Tyrogue. It's at Level 40, with the "Vital Spirit" Ability and knows Tackle, Helping Hand, Fake Out and Foresight (how is this little guy Level 40 and not know a single Fighting move...?). Back on the streets, you can take on some of the Grunts before entering the PokeCenter, just avoid going near Silph Co. You'll find an Ultra Ball by the Saffron City Park, north from where you found Green.
  2014.  
  2015. Team Rocket Grunt (Nidoqueen Lv40, Nidoking Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2016.  
  2017. Team Rocket Grunt (Beedrill x2 Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2018.  
  2019. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2020. (Arbok Lv38, Venomoth Lv38, Raticate Lv38)
  2021.  
  2022. You'll see Green outside Sabrina's Gym, confronting the woman. But hold on to that, there's the PokeCenter first. inside we find Mama Ketchum clean house with her Raticate, taking on those "super strong" Grunts (you healed those Pokemon there, Red?). They can't handle her and flee. She and Red catch up, Team Rocket is aware that we are here. Delia will stay to defend the PokeCenter. What's left is tackling the Silph Co trap and meeting Green at Sabrina's Gym. Let's find out what the trap is. Approach the left side entrance of Silph Co, Grunt 1 will detect Red and 3 Grunts arrive. Them "super strong" Grunts! This time no nonsense about Pokemon not being healed!
  2023.  
  2024. Team Rocket Grunts (Golbat Lv38, Fearow Lv38) Prize: P2736
  2025.  
  2026. Grunts 1 & 3 bolt, leaving #2 behind-- to deal with Sabrina. No mercy :/ Grunt 2 bites the dust. Goddamn. Time to meet up with Green. He finds out about who Sabrina is and what she's done. She won't battle us here, nah, she'll face us in the Silph Co building. Sabrina vanishes, Green goes after her. We'll find him at the Silph Co entrance. Another Grunt steps out for us to battle.
  2027.  
  2028. Team Rocket Grunt (Vileplume Lv38, Victreebel Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2029.  
  2030. Red and Green take care of business, but not without Blue noticing.
  2031.  
  2032. End of Chapter 23 - Silph Co.
  2033.  
  2034. Scene change, we see Surge and the 3 legendary birds. He's seen what has happened and gears up for the big battle ahead. Red and Green enter the Silph Co building, Green is itching for a fight but Red had hoped they'd be doing this as a team.
  2035.  
  2036.  
  2037. [X] CHAPTER 24 - HERO VS VILLAIN
  2038. ================================
  2039.  
  2040. There are stairs heading down to the right, but Green stops us from using them so go up-- before you can reach those other stairs, the floor opens up and swallows Red! Koga makes his appearance to face Green.
  2041.  
  2042. -SILPH CO 2F-
  2043. ..............
  2044.  
  2045. Meanwhile, Red has to deal with a barricade. The switch for it is behind the picture. Past that Grunt on the right is TM02 (Dragon Claw). We'll need a key for that barricade. On the table is someone's diary entry, the writer left a Card Key on a laptop. Noted. That Grunt above WILL battle you.
  2046.  
  2047. Team Rocket Grunt (Golbat Lv37, Ninetales Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2048.  
  2049. Past that Grunt is a Cleanse Tag. Go back and take the left side, going past Glenn by the machines, up to another Grunt near a warp panel. He's the brother to that Grunt on Seafoam Island who jumped into the water to prevent his explosive chip from going off, and Red quickly explains what happened to him. Suddenly this Grunts gets a phone call from Carol, the lady at the Carmichael Residence, to let this guy know that he's a father now! Wow, not the best time for this amazing news but hey, congratulations! :D so this is Joshua, and this moment has made him change his ways. He gives Red a message for Carol-- before his microchip goes off! :( So, so messed up. Let's move on, make use of the warp panel. In the next room is the laptop with the Card Key. Return to remove the barricade. One time use Card Key, damn they don't make them like they used to /==./
  2050.  
  2051. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2052. (Tentacruel Lv38, Graveler Lv38, Gyarados Lv38)
  2053.  
  2054. Past him are stairs heading up.
  2055.  
  2056. -SILPH CO 2F- (Upstairs)
  2057. ..............
  2058.  
  2059. On this floor, continuing south leads to a Grunt battle and to the left is a warp panel. Let's take that warp panel.
  2060.  
  2061. -SILPH CO 5F-
  2062. ..............
  2063.  
  2064. Head south to see a couple of items on the right and to the left is a barricade. The items are Rare Candy and a Max Revive. The guy hiding is Chisao and he'll unlock the barricade for us. The room beyond has stairs heading up, where some guy named Wayne is waiting to battle us. We'll be back. Return to the 2F where we found the warp panel leading here.
  2065.  
  2066. Now head south for the Grunt battle. If you weren't a fan of the Silph Co building in the original games, I feel ya hey lol and I am sorry.
  2067.  
  2068. Team Rocket Grunt (Clefable Lv38, Tentacruel Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2069.  
  2070. SIDE NOTE: Guess who learns Fly at Level 27? Butterfree! But it doesn't matter, eh? Not at all. /==./
  2071.  
  2072. Past the Grunt, in the room to the left you'll find a Super Potion and TM19 (Roost). Carry on to the right to tackle another Grunt...
  2073.  
  2074. Team Rocket Grunt (Raticate Lv38, Raichu Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2075.  
  2076. ...and a barricade that needs a key :/ dead end. Back to warp panel, taking us to 5F.
  2077.  
  2078. -SILPH CO 5F- (Upstairs)
  2079. ..............
  2080.  
  2081. ...where we meet Wayne.
  2082.  
  2083. Scientist Wayne (Sandslash Lv38, Beedrill Lv38) Prize: P1824
  2084.  
  2085. Go far left to find an Ultra Ball and a man who doesn't think one kid can take down Team Rocket. Ha. This guy, doesn't know who we are (really, he doesn't).
  2086.  
  2087. Team Rocket Grunt (Persian x2 Lv38, Meowth Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2088.  
  2089. In the southwest room past the Grunt is TM34 (Acid Spray). To the right is a warp panel that brings us into the centre area of this floor. Right above you is a Max Revive. In the room is what we're looking for, a Card Key. Back to that barricade on the 2F. Bust through it and go on up.
  2090.  
  2091. -SILPH CO 9F-
  2092. .............
  2093.  
  2094. Make your way south. Clearly can't get that item on the right, probably just for display like some the items we've seen that are unreachable.
  2095.  
  2096. Team Rocket Grunt (Fearow Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2097.  
  2098. Scientist Nob (Chansey x2 Lv40) Prize: P1920
  2099.  
  2100. Use that warp panel near Nob, which will take us to the left section of the same floor. Talk to Pony up ahead to get your team healed. Funky name aside, she's alright :) head up to find a doorway...which leads to a room on the 10F..? What's going on here? As Red looks around at this new room, an electric wall appears from behind...a voltage he's felt before. Some Voltorb roll to him and ahead is the Lightning American himself. One of those Voltorb is the source of the electricity, we have to figure out which before they explode. At that moment, you're asked if you want to play as Blue. If you choose No, just skip down to "Scene change". Choosing Yes gets us yet another Bonus Chapter:
  2101.  
  2102. [XX16] BONUS CHAPTER - BLUE'S TALE 2
  2103. ====================================
  2104.  
  2105. A few hours earlier
  2106.  
  2107. -SILPH CO 1F-
  2108. .............
  2109.  
  2110. We catch up with Blue, who managed to break in. She's looking for a new item, the "Plate Device" that someone has told her is here...that someone is none other than the red haired rival of rivals, Silver! (Arguably has the best Encounter and Battle themes out of all the Rivals). According to him, with that device they'll be able to summon a new powerful Pokemon to fight "him" off. Not sure who this "him" is. Just up above Blue are those dastardly slide panels again. On the other side are some Grunts to be fought. Time to have a look at Blue's team! At Level 40, she's got:
  2111.  
  2112. - Blastoise (Focus Blast, Flash Cannon, Skull Bash, Surf) [holding an Ultra Ball]
  2113. - Clefairy (Metronome, Moonlight, Moonblast, Aromatherapy) [holding a Moon Stone]
  2114. - Ditto (Transform)
  2115. - Horsea (Twister, Brine, Hydro Pump, Rain Dance)
  2116. - Nidoran[F] (Helping Hand, Toxic Spikes, Flatter, Crunch)
  2117. - Jigglypuff (Rest, Body Slam, Wake-Up Slap, Charming Cry)
  2118.  
  2119. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2120. (Tentacruel Lv38, Graveler Lv38, Gyarados Lv38)
  2121.  
  2122. There are 2 warp panels up here. The one on the left takes us up to 2F, where a slide panel field awaits /==./ with a couple of items in the middle, an Ice Stone and some Leftovers. Can't get that 3rd item on the bottom right.
  2123.  
  2124. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2125. (Golbat Lv33, Venomoth Lv38, Dugtrio Lv38)
  2126.  
  2127. The warp panel on the right takes us to 3F.
  2128.  
  2129. -SILPH CO 3F-
  2130. .............
  2131.  
  2132. Team Rocket Grunt (Clefable Lv38, Tentacruel Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2133.  
  2134. Team Rocket Grunt (Raticate Lv38, Raichu Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2135.  
  2136. Make your way up until you find a warp panel on the right and a Master Ball on the left...?! Wow. Just there, in a random corner haha. The warp panel takes us to 4F.
  2137.  
  2138. -SILPH CO 4F-
  2139. .............
  2140.  
  2141. You'll find 2 Grunts having a chat. Grunt 1 had to guard 6F and Grunt 2 mentions that someone has to guard the "Plate Device". That's where Blue has to go.
  2142.  
  2143. Team Rocket Grunt (Persian x2 Lv38, Meowth Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2144.  
  2145. Team Rocket Grunt (Fearow Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2146.  
  2147. Blue will ask the last Grunt we meet about the "Plate Device", but he doesn't know. The exit is up ahead. In the next room, while you dodge those random slide panels, take the left turn all the way until you see a way leading out, this leads to a Soothe Bell. Go back, to the right of the slide panels is Rare Candy. North of the panels, past the two tables is a Big Pearl. Just before continuing along that upper left path, you'll find Carbos. Blue is all set for the 6th floor but suddenly there's a flash and she's transported elsewhere...thanks to the power of a certain someone's Pyschic Pokemon. Sabrina appears. Blue tries to fight her with Blastoise but fails...Sabrina prepares to take down Blastoise, but it turns out to be Ditto. The real Blastoise comes to the rescue. It's just Blue and Sabrina now!
  2148.  
  2149. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2150. ===============
  2151.  
  2152. Team Rocket Sabrina (Kadabra Lv45) Prize: P1620
  2153.  
  2154. Sabrina has Kadabra use Disable on Blue and tries to attack her since she can't move, but that allows Blue's Clefairy and Jigglypuff to step in, using Screech and Sing respectively on Sabrina, putting her down. Blue finds out that she's a Gym Leader and swipes the Marsh Badge! Wait till Red finds out haha.
  2155.  
  2156. End of Bonus Chapter - Blue's Tale 2.
  2157.  
  2158. Scence change, we see Koga has defeated Green with his Muk. Just when Koga tries to force Green to make a choice involving Professor Oak, Scyther appears and frees Green. Muk wasn't enough? Koga sends out Articuno!
  2159.  
  2160. Back to Red, who still has to pull off a MacGuyver to figure out which Voltorb is the live wire. You have to battle each of them. Level 40. The electric wall goes down, only to come back on again. It wasn't because of a Voltorb, the true source of power is Zapdos. Red tricks Surge into telling Zapdos to go full power, which blows up the fuse. Red vs Surge once again!
  2161.  
  2162. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2163. ===============
  2164.  
  2165. Team Rocket Lt. Surge Prize: P1440
  2166. (VoltorbGun...? x2 Lv40, Electabuzz Lv40, Zapdos Lv40)
  2167.  
  2168. Surge orders Zapdos to use maximum power once more, but this time Zapdos turns against him and electrocutes him! Aaand that's how Red acquires the Thunder Badge! Great job. The exit is up ahead, leading back to the 1st Floor.
  2169.  
  2170. -SILPH CO 1F-
  2171. .............
  2172.  
  2173. There's Green and Koga. Green wonders how Koga has control over Articuno and we find out that the Gym Badges empower the Trainer to control any Pokemon. Articuno is under the power of 4 Badges held by the Team Rocket Triad and Giovanni. Things have gone just the way Koga wanted and now it's time to put him down. Be ready, the man has a full team!
  2174.  
  2175. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2176. ===============
  2177.  
  2178. Team Rocket Koga Prize: P1440
  2179. (Rhydon Lv40, Articuno Lv40, Muk Lv40, Tentacruel Lv40, Haunter Lv40, Golbat Lv40)
  2180.  
  2181. Koga orders Articuno to use Sheer Cold, Red gets hit but Green has Charizard counter with Iron Tail. Koga survives and escapes with Articuno. Green finds the Soul Badge and hands it over to Red /==./ weren't you also collecting Gym Badges, Green..? Guess you don't need this one lol oh well. He's off to find Professor Oak and the others. Do you want to play as Green? Skip down to "Back to Red" if you say No.
  2182.  
  2183. [XX17] BONUS CHAPTER - GREEN'S TALE 2
  2184. =====================================
  2185.  
  2186. Green's team, all Level 40:
  2187. - Scyther (Fury Cutter, Slash, Razor Wind, Double Team)
  2188. - Charizard (Flame Burst, Wing Attack, Rock Slide, Dragon Tail)
  2189. - Golduck (Screech, Zen Headbutt, Aqua Tail, Encore)
  2190. - Machamp (Revenge, Vital Throw, Submission, Wake-Up Slap)
  2191. - Pidgeot (Twister, Featherdance, Wing Attack, Agility)
  2192. - Ninetales (Dark Pulse, Flamethrower, Safeguard, Extrasensory)
  2193.  
  2194. Green is flying on Charizard above the Silph Co building, trying to figure out which floor everyone is being held on. Use the directional buttons to move. You're also advised not to use the Fashion Box during this segment. Some Let's Go Pikachu/Eevee action right here :) you'll see patches in the roof, just fly to them to enter the building. From where we start this chapter, fly to the upper right to find a patch leading to the 1F, where you'll find TM40 (Aerial Ace). Back to the roof, directly north from that starting point is a patch leading to thr 3F. Here Green finds several of those green liquid tanks, this time he sees clones inside them. Someone chimes in that they are Porygon, an old man who walks in. John Silph! Before Green can confirm if he's the owner of Silph Co, John's business partner arrives - Giovanni! They reveal how they got Sabrina to become the Gym Leader of Saffron and a concept called "Soul Net" to convert conscious into data and plant that into Porygon, these Porygon that Green has found, which are being made to be more human-like. John Silph wants to extend his life. We also find out that Team Rocket killed Ash (!!).
  2195.  
  2196. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2197. ===============
  2198.  
  2199. Businessman John Silph (Gastroper Lv37, Kangaskhoo Lv37) Prize: P1776
  2200.  
  2201. Green points out that Silph is an idiot for working with Team Rocket, something Giovanni agrees with, surprising Silph. Green uses this chance to escape. Giovanni no longer has any use for John. We switch back to Green, if you return to the room and interact with the pink object we saw, it's a glowing orb with something trying to break through from the inside. The final patch in the roof, right at the top leads to the 4F. You'll see a warp panel by the entrance, but Green notes that it is disabled, so continue on. There are Grunts here so be ready.
  2202.  
  2203. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2204. (Tentacruel Lv38, Graveler Lv38, Gyarados Lv38)
  2205.  
  2206. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1368
  2207. (Golbat Lv33, Venomoth Lv38, Dugtrio Lv38)
  2208.  
  2209. Team Rocket Grunt (Fearow Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2210.  
  2211. Team Rocket Grunt (Raticate Lv38, Raichu Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2212.  
  2213. There are 2 other warp panels, one is in the small area to the right of that long table and the other is to the north. Each leads to a different area of 4F. We'll start with that warp panel in the small area.
  2214.  
  2215. The first Grunt you'll battle will mention something about prisoners.
  2216.  
  2217. Team Rocket Grunt (Clefable Lv38, Tentacruel Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2218.  
  2219. She says they're being kept in another room. The item near her is a Light Ball. Go back to the main area and use that warp panel to the north.
  2220.  
  2221. Team Rocket Grunt (Persian x2 Lv38, Meowth Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2222.  
  2223. Past that Grunt is another warp panel, which leads to the room where the prisoners are located. A Grunt stops Green before he can get to them, telling him that Team Rocket no longer has use for them because they've got what they came for.
  2224.  
  2225. Team Rocket Grunt (Persian x2 Lv38, Meowth Lv38) Prize: P1368
  2226.  
  2227. The Grunt runs away and Green rescues Professor Oak and company. Suddenly there's a tremor from the top floor...Green wonders if Red might be involved and decides he has to leave to help him.
  2228.  
  2229. End of Bonus Chapter - Green's Tale 2.
  2230.  
  2231. Back to Red, still on 1F. Take the stairs that are just up ahead, they lead up to 4F. Head south to find a warp panel and a Silph Co employee who'll battle you.
  2232.  
  2233. Scientist Dudley (Machamp Lv37, Ancieon..? Lv37) Prize: P1776
  2234.  
  2235. The warp panel takes us to 3F
  2236.  
  2237. -SILPH CO 3F-
  2238. ............
  2239.  
  2240. That item you see nearby is an HP Up. Another warp panel is just below, which returns us to 4F but on the other side of where Blue got an item by those boxes you see on the left.
  2241.  
  2242. Scientist Avery (Magneton Lv38, Electrode Lv38) Prize: P1824
  2243.  
  2244. -SILPH CO 4F-
  2245. .............
  2246.  
  2247. Another warp panel past the boxes, takes us to another area on the same floor.
  2248.  
  2249. Team Rocket Grunt (Rapidash Lv36, Mr. Mime Lv36) Prize: P1296
  2250.  
  2251. Past the Grunt you'll see 2 warp panels, one near the table and the next one is the small room above. That one by the table takes to another area on the same floor, with a barricade blocking the way out to the south. But, you'll find TM36 (Sludge Bomb). Go back and use the warp panel. Still on 4F.
  2252.  
  2253. Team Rocket Grunt (Gastroper Lv40) Prize: P1440
  2254.  
  2255. There are stairs on the right, heading up...to 3F? /oO./ where we find a warp panel, a Grunt and another warp panel below. Top panel leads to a battle on 4F:
  2256.  
  2257. Scientist Lenny Prize: P1776
  2258. (Seadra Lv37, Pidgeot Lv37, Arcanine Lv37)
  2259.  
  2260. ...while that bottom panel takes us another area of 3F. You'll find Black Glasses and stairs heading up to 5F.
  2261.  
  2262. -SILPH CO 5F-
  2263. .............
  2264.  
  2265. Jess and Jamie are here, just hanging out. They remember Red of course and Jess will simply give him the Card Key needed for that barricade. Doesn't matter to her. Thanks? Make your way back to the barricade and unlock it. Follow the path left and north, you'll find stairs going up and a Grunt in the way.
  2266.  
  2267. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1296
  2268. (Gyarados Lv36, Tauros Lv36, Hitmonlee Lv36)
  2269.  
  2270. Those stairs lead to 11F.
  2271.  
  2272. -SILPH CO 11F-
  2273. .............
  2274.  
  2275. Which might as well be the company storage room haha it's just a small room with tons of boxes...and the "Plate Device". Yes, the big major object that Blue broke into this place for /==./ *sigh* suddenly Sabrina walks in, forcing Red to hide. He wonders if she's here looking for the device, which he notices has indentations that resemble Gym Badges. There are 7 slots and he has 6 Badges, only one more-- Sabrina detects that someone is present. Red decides to step out to confront her, but the disguise comes off - Blue! She'll give Red the Marsh Badge if he gives her the Moon Stone. So much for teaming up to fight a common enemy, eh? She'll lie to Red about what the device does once 7 Badges are inserted, that it amplifies a Pokemon's power...when in fact it'll create a new Pokemon. The real Sabrina arrives, not going to be made a fool of any more. Red decides to take her on, while using the device...until Blue takes it away from him. The Boulder and Cascade Badges she returned to him were fakes, wow really? Why are we teaming with this girl anyway if she's just going to screw things for us? And she leaves Red to deal with Sabrina, because why not? Sabrina summons Slifer, Obelisk and Ra-- I mean Moltres, Articuno and Zapdos. Unbelievable.
  2276.  
  2277. End of Chapter 24 - Hero VS Villain.
  2278.  
  2279. Seriously, it's always little things that can ruin what would be a good story /==./ do not lose the good story, come on. Let's continue.
  2280.  
  2281.  
  2282. [Y] CHAPTER 25 ZAPMOLCUNO
  2283. =========================
  2284.  
  2285. We're still with Red, facing Sabrina and the 3 legendary birds. You can move around, so if you need to heal your team, here's your chance to pop open that Bag. You'll be battling each bird one at a time. They're all at Level 40. Good luck. Once they're out of the way, that just leaves Sabrina. Just above Red and Sabrina, Blue is still there, replacing the fake Boulder and Cascade Badges with the real ones and inserts them into the device. All 7 Badges are in and the device goes on, creating the new Pokemon! Cue that Polymerization card! Red is attacked and ends up on the roof. Sabrina gives us the whole story about taking the Gym Badges for their power on Pokemon and now Pallet Town will be the target...when Green makes his appearance. But even with him around, they're no match for this new Pokemon. Sabrina aims to kill them...but the attack doesn't happen, because Charizard and Blastoise are there. Oh NOW Blue wants us to fight together...who got us in this mess to begin with??
  2286.  
  2287. Brock, Erika and Misty are on the streets of Saffron to help us out, taking care of the Grunts down there. Back on the roof, we battle Sabrina:
  2288.  
  2289. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2290. ===============
  2291.  
  2292. Team Rocket Sabrina (Zapmolcuno Lv45) Prize: P1620
  2293.  
  2294. With her final word being Giovanni, Sabrina explodes...the violence in this game. The birds are free and they fly off. Blue leaves. Red either notices something about Sabrina or he sees Giovanni standing on a level above them, likely to have seen what just happened, but Green wants to go, so Red has to hurry out. Scene change to a dead John Silph in the room with the glowing orb. Soul Net has activated.
  2295.  
  2296. Outside the Silph Co building we find everyone, safe and sound. Green remembers that he's the designated rival in this story and will be looking forward to facing Red at the Indigo Plateau. Suddenly, there's an earthquake...it's an explosion near Cerulean. Misty goes off to make sure her city is okay and so everyone else leaves too.
  2297.  
  2298. End of Chapter 25 Zapmolcuno.
  2299.  
  2300. If you go back into Silph Co, there will be new people around for some fresh dialogue. A guy on 4F can make a Voltorb Gun for you if you got 6 Voltorb. Happy hunting :) Not much else, can't explore the entire building. What's left are the streets of Saffron and look who's back, Ramuh the Teleporter! /==./ return to the Carmichael Residence to break the news to Carol. She'll suddenly leave, going to "a place far away". Bonus Chapter triggered!
  2301.  
  2302. [XX18] BONUS CHAPTER - THE BROKEN BIRD
  2303. ======================================
  2304.  
  2305. And she's gone. I didn't know a Bonus Chapter would be triggered by talking to her again. According to Luno's guide, it is activated by talking to a Team Rocket Grunt in the Silph Co building during the invasion...that was Joshua. So one would think the Bonus Chapter triggers right after speaking to him, not after returning to Carol. It would've really helped if the guide covered each Bonus Chapter in detail, from how they are activated to how they are solved. There are some Bonus Chapters that can be triggered now that we've gone through the Silph Co arc, so I'm going to tackle them down below. Afterwards we'll go to Cerulean to see what's going on there, you can just skip to "Back to Red in Saffron" if you don't want to do the Bonus Chapters.
  2306.  
  2307. [XX19] BONUS CHAPTER - THE RETURN
  2308. =================================
  2309.  
  2310. To trigger this one, go back to Lavender Town and speak to Sammy whom you'll find outside the Pokemon Tower. She'll ask Red if he believes in ghosts. Say No. Next thing, Red will be in the Tower from some time in the past. Up ahead he'll see a couple of Cultists. One of them just wants to see her husband again and the other Cultist reminds her that they've tried reanimating the dead and failed. According to a scroll, they need to sacrifice something close to them in order for the ritual to work...Cultist 1 sacrifices Cultist 2, her own brother! Several backward words later, she manages to bring back something that might be her husband, Josh. This Cultist woman is Sammy!? Josh kills Sammy, who cries out to some ancient god, Cipher (is this still a Pokemon game..?). Josh can see Red and targets him. You'll be able to move around, and there is a chance you'll be attacked by White Hands instead of wild Pokemon here. Interact with "Josh" and see it head down those stairs to the south. Follow it to the next floor. Red will see a trail of blood on the floor, wonders if it's from the creature. Here you'll encounter regular Pokemon like Gastly. Follow the blood until you're facing the bottom left tombstones. Just as Red is inspecting them, the creature rushes out from the left and battles you. This thing is identified as Bury Alive and is at Level 40. After the battle, it will rush off to the right and disappears. Red chases after it but Sammy appears in front of him and sheds some light on who she is and what she did. Before she died she called upon Cipher and was reborn in another form, in another time. She's a ghost and she brought Red here so he can see what happened. Her husband is still in the Pokemon Tower and it's up to Red to put him down. Then, we're back outside the Tower, present time. Go in and reach the fop floor, the creature awaits for one final battle. Afterwards, Red hears something. We get just a quick view of a strange red monster before everything fades to black.
  2311.  
  2312. End of Bonus Chapter - The Return.
  2313.  
  2314. [XX20] BONUS CHAPTER - FLORAL FESTIVAL CHAPTER
  2315. ==============================================
  2316.  
  2317. To trigger this one, go to Celadon City and travel to Floral City. In the gate leading into Floral you'll find Greg (from the Love Letter Bonus Chapter). Looks like we're just in time for the Sakura Blossom Festival. We'll have to change clothes for the event. Some familiar faces are also here haha Green's got the attention of the girls from Naruto...Misty is dressed up but Red can't even compliment the girl *face palm*...Brock and Erika are going to take part in a competition that will be held here. Talk to the old man with the Jigglypuff to continue: He'll ask if Red has come to sign up for the competition, which Red isn't aware of, and the 2 Bikers nearby pick up on this and cause some trouble, aiming to win the competition. This somehow motivates Red to sign up and is told he has 3 hours?! Because it's a dating competition for guys only (sorry ladies :/ ) and Red has to bring back a date or dates in 3 hours and the judges will judge the dates based on how pretty they are. What chance does Red have when he can't even give a girl props for looking great lol *sigh* here we go. Looks like Green has gotten comfortable with his little harem, to the surprise of Red. Green's only doing this to win the prize - a Master Ball, ha! If only those girls knew /==./ Don't bother with the women you'll see around, they'll just give the same dialogue lines that they gave the last time we were in Floral City during the Love Letter Bonus Chapter. You can pretty much guess which girl we have to approach...because the only other girl we know already has someone with her, the rest are androids. Misty thinks Red is actually here to ask her out, but realises that it's for the competition and refuses like a Boss! Well done :D perhaps that might make up for that nonsense she pulled during the HM Surf story. While moving through the Floral Pathway, heading west, a cutscene starts and there's Blue with a date (...don't tell me...). Red thinks she's up to her old tricks, who could blame him for thinking that after what we've seen so far, eh? Even though he considers the possibility that maybe this time Blue is actually being real around her date. Leave the Pathway and come back, to find Blue alone. Red asks if she's up to something, also noticed she's acting differently from usual, but Blue walks off. Walk around a bit then when you're near the body of water to the northeast, there's Blue again with her date. So we're playing stalker now? Takuya asks Blue out, but before she can answer, those Bikers Jamie and Kalin spoil the moment. Red spoils their moment and the Bikers make a bet, if he can get a girl by the end of the competition they'll forfeit...but if Red fails, he'll have to strip naked in front of everyone /==./ Of course Red accepts, because he's been doing great so far with the ladies *sigh* this guy. Blue makes a point that she could've taken care of herself, but Red doesn't want her good time today ruined. The person who got screwed here is Blue's date Takuya, because Blue doesn't give an answer to his question.
  2318.  
  2319. Now speak to the woman named Sharon, she's just to the west of the Floral Pathway. Like a typical anime female character, she runs off screaming "Hentai" when Red asks her if she'll be his date. Blue finds him and the two have a chat. She was on a date with a good guy but nope, that wasn't good enough because it would've made her feel like she has a normal life. No surprise that she turned him down, for no real reason, instead being content with someone else who showed concern for her, despite how clueless that person is (hence his track record in this competition). She leaves and the time for the competition is up. Thank goodness. Go back to the old man Hoshi. The only participants who brought in any girls are Green, Kalin and Jamie. Red accepts that he has lost, but the Bikers aren't going to let him slip away. Everyone joins in a big "Strip!" chant-- when Blue returns, all dressed up and Red doesn't recognise her...you can't be serious. The Bikers are stunned by her beauty (so even their own dates aren't good enough. Sorry again ladies :/ ). Blue will eventually reveal that it's her to Red and all is right in the world. Really not the best Bonus Chapter in this game so far /==./ filler x filler
  2320.  
  2321. End of Bonus Chapter - Floral Festival Chapter.
  2322.  
  2323. Let's hope it's not the first of many.
  2324.  
  2325. [XX21] BONUS CHAPTER - ROAD TO STARDOM
  2326. ======================================
  2327.  
  2328. For this one, return to Pallet Town and speak to Professor Oak. He has a favour to ask - that Jigglypuff (Jiggly Mic) which escaped together with the other Pokemon from the lab way back, has escaped again and has been spotted on Route 1. What kind of operation are you running here, Professor? Get it together haha!
  2329.  
  2330. Near that Doduo Farm we'll find Jigglypuff, and when Red talks to it BAM! Instant sleep! When he wakes up, it's gone. Calls up Professor Oak, to find out that it has moved to Route 3. Just a little to the left from the woman near the route sign post. This time, at Level 40, Jiggly Mic will battle you. Afterwards, Oak will arrive to get it...but it seems JM doesn't want to stay in the lab, it wants to go off on its own journey. Oak's going to miss it but he understands and let's it go. Short and sweet.
  2331.  
  2332. End of Bonus Chapter - Road to Stardom.
  2333.  
  2334. [XX22] BONUS CHAPTER - ILL OMEN
  2335. ===============================
  2336.  
  2337. Time to explore the Pokemon Mansion on Cinnabar Island. Inside we come across a Team Rocket Grunt, who has just seen some unknown Pokemon and needs to go back to his teammates...only to be just killed! Why?! The unknown Pokemon is the same one we saw in the Science Lab. Then, it's gone again.
  2338.  
  2339. -Cinnabar Island's Mansion (1F & 2F)-
  2340. Wild Encounters: Koffing, Raticate, Growlithe, Rattata, Grimer, Weezing.
  2341.  
  2342. There's more than one direction for you to go to here. Straight ahead from the Mansion entrance are stairs going up...to the right are stairs going down...in the northeast section of this floor are other stairs going up. Let's start with those stairs going down.
  2343.  
  2344. -Cinnabar Island's Mansion (B1F)-
  2345. Wild Encounters: Koffing, Raticate, Ditto, Growlithe, Grimer, Weezing, Rattata.
  2346.  
  2347. You'll find some Malasada on a table far south. From there go to the far corner in the southwest to find a Fire Stone. Back to the stairs and go west from there this time. In the far corner in the northwest is a Hard Stone. That's it, back to 1F. We'll take those stairs that are north from the Mansion entrance.
  2348.  
  2349. Make your way to the room the southwest corner where Red meets a Little Girl who needs help - she was brought here by a man who kidnapped her. He's been teleported away by her Pokemon and now she has no idea where her Pokemon is...Red wonders if it's the Pokemon he saw when he arrived here earlier. Speak of the devil, that Pokemon appears, the Little Girl identifies it as her Pokemon. Someone chimes in to warn Red, telling him not to touch it. A man walks in, while the Little Girl and that Pokemon disappear. The man is called Doctor O (..hey wait a minute...!!) and the Pokemon is called a "Buhi" (oO?) sounds like a Japanese onomatopoeia lol. Very rare, coming out every 40 years when Earth is aligned with all other 50 planets..? That's when the portal to the ghostly realm opens. He goes on to reveal that Buhi is more than just a ghost, it's a bad omen that brings death to travellers instead of warning them of death...as a result of willingly touching Buhi's head. The Little Girl is only an illusion...and she chimes in from somewhere, now that Red knows the truth. Doctor O has a plan, they have to close the portal. Finding it will be a struggle because it's not something seen by the naked eye, it's a medium that connects the lands of the living and of the dead. Red puts 2 and 2 together...we have to go back to the gravestone on Route 12. Nothing else on this section of the 2F.Taking the other stairs to the other 2F section, you'll find Sacred Ash in the top right corner room, past Officer Jenny. In the room southeast from Officer Jenny is the very first Trainer we'll encounter in this Mansion. Be ready, her Pokemon are both Level 50.
  2350.  
  2351. Lady Terri (Magmar Lv50, Rapidash Lv50) Prize: P10,000
  2352.  
  2353. Now we can step out and go to Route 12.
  2354.  
  2355. Interact with the middle gravestone on the far right. Doctor O shows up to make sure that's the portal-- a Level 40 Gengar will attack. After dealing with it, Doctor O will attempt to close the portal, but Buhi appears, with the Little Girl illusion. She mentions Red's mom and disappears! Off to Pallet Town.
  2356.  
  2357. We switch over to Pallet Town, seeing Mom and her Meowth on their way home...when they see the Little Girl. She delivers her story, Mum buys it and Buhi appears behind them. Mom, not knowing anything about this, offers to get the Pokemon for the girl..
  2358.  
  2359. Back to Red. Return to Pallet Town and enter the house to find out the bad news...well not really /==./ because Meowth is the "Pokemon of Good Fortune", thus cancelling out Buhi's bad fortune. That's not all, now we find out that Mom lived in the Orre Region in the past and Buhi are everywhere. What a let down. We'll get to battle Buhi, it's a Level 40 monster that you can catch, you know, unless you're worried about the whole bad omen thing lol. It is a Ghost-type, with the "Arena Trap" Ability and knows Perish Song, Hypnosis, Psychic and DReam Eater. Even now this Orre Region has nobody having anything positive to say about it. Makes me wonder if we'll explore it in a future installment of this game.
  2360.  
  2361. End of Bonus Chapter - Ill Omen.
  2362.  
  2363. [XX23] BONUS CHAPTER - VENGEFUL MAIDEN
  2364. ======================================
  2365.  
  2366. If you remember back to when we were on the S.S. Anne and I told you that there's a Bonus Chapter which will be triggered in one of the cabins? I explained what happens if you enter the cabin at any other time except midnight. This time we enter the cabin at the right time:
  2367.  
  2368. Inside the cabin go to the window on the right. Red will be started by that woman, who'll give the same line, "No, You're not the one...". Next, go to the deck of the ship and she'll be there. Red tries to find out what's going on, she'll disappear again. Go to the cabin where we encountered Surge-- the woman will attack Red with some questions before realising that once again he's not "the one" and is about to leave but Red stops her and asks who she is. Her name is Mona, a ghost who haunts this ship but she calls it the Carol Medan, a ship from years ago that sank then rebooted as the S.S. Anne. The guy she's looking for is her fiance and Mona gives the story of what happened to them...what happened to her. She has a photo of her fiance in a locket, Red has a closer look - It's Mr Fanclub!
  2369.  
  2370. Get to the Pokemon Fan Club and talk to the man. Red will demand he reveals his real name and breaks him down...until he tells us that Mona's fiance, Thaan, is his twin brother /==./ come on. Thaan isn't around anymore, he died when the ship sank. Turns out he couldn't save Mona. We need to clear things. Return to Mona with Mr Fanclub. The whole story comes out. I'm sorry for not going into great detail in this one like usual, there's really nothing that ties into the story of Red's journey or anything. It's just another filler Bonus Chapter :/
  2371.  
  2372. End of Bonus Chapter - Vengeful Maiden.
  2373.  
  2374. [XX18] BONUS CHAPTER - THE BROKEN BIRD (solution)
  2375. ======================================
  2376.  
  2377. Leave Saffron City from the east, which leads back to Route 10. Follow the way up to the stairs and that woman on the left, looking down is Carol! Red tries to reason with her, despite what happened to Joshua. You'll be asked if you want to grab her. If you say Yes, you'll get the Bad Ending /==./ No gives you the Good Ending. You'll find Carol back at her home afterwards for the conclusion.
  2378.  
  2379. End of Bonus Chapter - The Broken Bird.
  2380.  
  2381. Back to Red in Saffron. We still don't have Rock Smash at this point, which baffles me. According to Lunos' guide we get it from Yellow's dad after rescuing her from Viridian Forest. Before, I've gone back to Viridian City during the day and during the night, no changes. Yellow and her friends will be outside playing during the day and dad gives the same dialogue at night. But we've just gone through the Silph Co arc and there's some disturbance in Cerulean...perhaps that will lead to the Yellow and Viridian Forest event.
  2382.  
  2383. We arrive in Cerulean and have walked into a freaking sandstorm! (well, the effect of being in a sandstorm haha shoutout to that damn desert in Hoenn). Misty is at the Gym. She tells us nobody has been hurt, everyone is safe. She suspects it might be caused by a Pokemon. So where do we go, to that North Cerulean Sector. Those guys Cloud and Sephi-something are gone now, Bill will show up. He's here to investigate. There's definitely a monster and it crashed in this area. Bill leaves and we're free to finally explore this area. There are cave entrances about. Go to the top left area to find TM39 (Rock Tomb). Let's start with the first cave, that we see when we enter this area. These 3 caves are the Cerulean Cave
  2384.  
  2385. -CERULEAN CAVE 1F (the 3 caves lead to the same map)-
  2386. Wild Encounters: Golbat, Machoke, Magneton, Parasect, Kadabra, Ditto, Wobbuffet, Electrode.
  2387. Surfing: Muk, Slowbro, Gyarados.
  2388. Fishing: Seaking, Seadra, Gyarados.
  2389. Rock Smash: Geodude, Graveler.
  2390.  
  2391. If you walk in between those big crystals in the middle, a voice will speak saying we're not strong enough yet, we'll have to come back /==./ just like the dock back in Vermilion *sigh*. Leave and enter the cave on the right. Suddenly, Red's Pokemon start acting up. Are they scared?
  2392.  
  2393.  
  2394. [Z] CHAPTER 26 - UNKNOWN DUNGEON
  2395. ================================
  2396.  
  2397. You'll find a Link Stone just to the north, past the boulders that require some Strength. We'll be back with Rock Smash to get that item on the right. Up the steps on the left, you'll find a Max Revive. There's an Ice Stone on the small island you'll see on the left from the cave entrance. From where you get the Max Revive, make your way to the south and then west. That item floating in the water is Protein. Continue left and eventually come face to face with the monster - Mewtwo! It's at Level 70 and the answer to your next question is No, can't catch it. Even after defeating it in battle, it is not done, attacking Red left right and centre, until he's chucked out of the cave, bumping into Blaine. Red warns him about Mewtwo, but Blaine is here to deal with it...Mewtwo appears, then teleports. But Blaine thinks it's still in the area and he goes after it. If you go for the 3rd cave to the north, an Electabuzz appears, thinking Red is responsible for this mess. It's at Level 40. You try to advance and a Slowpoke attacks, also at Level 40. To the right you'll see Blaine, but a Level 40 Nidoqueen attacks. Red notices that something strange about one of Blaine's arms and the man explains that he added some of his own human cells into the creation of Mewtwo. Some of Mewtwo's cells are in his arm, eventually taking over Blaine's body. Knowing that Red won't let all this mess go, Blaine battles him (not exactly the best time for a battle, chief...)
  2398.  
  2399. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2400. ===============
  2401.  
  2402. Leader Blaine Prize: P4500
  2403. (Growlithe Lv27, Arcanine Lv45, Rapidash Lv43, Magmar Lv43)
  2404.  
  2405. You'd think at this point some of these characters would stop expecting Red to step aside and "leave everything to the adults". Blaine won't back down from his mission, he has to stop Mewtwo, and he goes off. You'll find both Mewtwo and Blaine on the plaform just north of the cave on the left. Blaine is down and Mewtwo will battle us again. It'll disappear again after the battle and we can reach Blaine, who's still alive. He'll give us a Master Ball (how many have we gotten so far in this game..? We'll find them in PokeMarts next), but because of Mewtwo being so powerful he couldn't use it. Mewtwo is still around and Red suspects its one of these caves. The only left to explore is the one right nearby.
  2406.  
  2407. Inside Red will sense Mewtwo. For those of you who remember Cerulean Cave from back in the old games, that section which is setup like a maze? Yeah, same setup here. Just winding your way through, collecting items until you reach the ladder that moves us forward. I'll call this the Main Floor. Make your way to that ladder in the middle of the area, it's the only one you can get to. Yup, this is one of those places that really works well with a map lol not so great via text. I'll list items that are found on the Main Floor and down in the "Basement" Floor below. We have to make our way through this joint to the eastern side. Just follow the ladders.
  2408.  
  2409. The items found on the Main Floor are:
  2410.  
  2411. Energy Powder (north)
  2412. Twisted Spoon (northeast)
  2413. Charcoal (southwest)
  2414.  
  2415. "Basement" Floor:
  2416.  
  2417. Max Revive
  2418.  
  2419. On the eastern side you'll see a big hole in the floor and Rare Candy just near it. Jump down through the hole, landing in the area where we'll find Mewtwo. Round 3. Red will make use of the Master Ball and catch Mewtwo. Blaine arrives, healthy again, and Red gives him Mewtwo. Perhaps if Mewtwo learns that not all humans are evil, maybe it will change, that's what Red believes. He's aiming for the Indigo League now. Blaine is left to bond with his new friend.
  2420.  
  2421. End of Chapter 26 - Unknown Dungeon.
  2422.  
  2423. Ahh, yes, the event I was hoping for is next! Scene change, we are back in Viridian City and the girl with the yellow text tells her mom that she's going to play in Viridian Forest.
  2424.  
  2425. Few hours later
  2426.  
  2427. Jenna (girl's mom) still hasn't seen her child, it's been 5 hours! Henry (girl's dad) will get Officer Jenny.
  2428.  
  2429.  
  2430. [AA] CHAPTER 27 - YELLOW GIFT
  2431. =============================
  2432.  
  2433. Return to Viridian and speak to Jenna and Henry. Officer Jenny isn't going to help. Gear up and head out. In the Viridian Forest, make your way to the water at the centre of the forest. There's the girl...with a Dragonair! Red tells her to stand back while he deals with the Pokemon, which is at Level 40. You can catch it if you're looking for a Dragonair. After the battle, we have a chat with the girl. She doesn't have a Pokemon and Red offers to help her with that. You'll be shown a Rattata and that's what we're going to get. Before the girl can try to catch it, Red hears something from nearby-- an Arbok appears, Level 40. Afterwards, she'll catch Rattata. Red is surprised that a Dragonair and an Arbok are in a place like this...and why they attacked this girl. Time to take her home.
  2434.  
  2435. Henry suggests Red check out the Gym, even though it's been abandoned for a while. As a gift, he gives us HM06 ROCK SMMMAAAASH!! Good lord, 20 years into this game and we finally get this lol. No stupid Dragonite shows up to steal the HM or Brock shows up to trade his Graveler with us so that we can use Rock Smash /==./ never forget folks.
  2436.  
  2437. End of Chapter 27 - Yellow Gift.
  2438.  
  2439. You know what time it is!! Skip down to "Back to Red in Viridian" if you're ready to explore the Gym. Right now though, it's time for the 3rd (and final?) Great Backtrack. :D
  2440.  
  2441. [BT3] THE GREAT HM06 (ROCK SMASH) BACKTRACK
  2442. ...........................................
  2443.  
  2444. I have to say that one of the places that require Rock Smash just so happens to be the little area by the Viridian Gym...but that is where we're supposed to go story wise so I won't include it here.
  2445.  
  2446. ROUTE 4
  2447. .......
  2448.  
  2449. Smoke Ball.
  2450.  
  2451. MT. MOON (ROUTE 4 West entrance)
  2452. ........
  2453.  
  2454. TM22 (Solarbeeeeeeaaaam!!!)
  2455.  
  2456. VERMILION CITY
  2457. ..............
  2458.  
  2459. Shell Bell.
  2460.  
  2461. ROUTE 12
  2462. ........
  2463.  
  2464. An important item that helps us continue in a Bonus Chapter - the Dark Relic!
  2465.  
  2466. [XX6] BONUS CHAPTER - RELIC BEAST (continued)
  2467. =================================
  2468.  
  2469. Return to the Lavender Graveyard and see Red place the Dark Relic on the gravestones. There's a tremor, old man Rigami shows up and sees that the Dark Relic is back. There's chaos, people are swallowed up underground. Red wakes up elsewhere. He has to get out of there, up ahead is what looks like an exit.
  2470.  
  2471. -Route 12 (Relic Beast Chapter)-
  2472. Wild Encounters: Gastly, Haunter, Abra, Kadabra.
  2473.  
  2474. On your way north, you'll see Cassidy standing on a lone platform...Red tries to help but Cassidy falls into the abyss :/ the path turns west. Just to the south you'll find Sophie, we can help her. At the end of the western path above where Sophie was found, you find a Max Repel. You can jump and make your way southwest, to reach old woman Marge (Simpson..?) and Rigami just above her. Get back to where you got the Max Repel and head north. A little to the west you'll find Officer Jenny. Before reaching the exit, there's a Max Elixir on the right. The exit returns us back to the graveyard...just in time to face a giga-sized Gengar! We were just inside this thing!!? Not to be outdone, giga-sized Alakazam appears. I remember this haha those who watched the early anime will remember what this is a reference to. Not bad :) interact with either of them, Jigglypuff will arrive and Red lets it take center stage! Sing! But it's not enough. Back to us. Interact with Gengar, Red will suddenly feel tired...he realises that it is draining his energy. What we face is Gengar Anc, Level 40. It can be caught. Same for Alaka Anc, Level 40. After that, have a chat with Rigami to finally put this one in the books.
  2475.  
  2476. End of Bonus Chapter - Relic Beast.
  2477.  
  2478. Gengar Anc is a Ghost-type and an unknown type, has the Ability "Cursed Body", knows Shadow Punch, Payback, Shadow Ball and Dream Eater.
  2479.  
  2480. Alaka Anc is a Psychic-type and also an unknown type. Same Ability, knows Reflect, Psycho Cut, Skill Swap and Recover.
  2481.  
  2482. Approach the gravestones with room in your party and interact with the Dark Relic to hear some commentary from Red about it-- Jigglypuff will return to kick away the Dark Relic (?!) next thing you know...giga-sized Jigglypuff!! Rigami will come back to see what's happened. A voice speaks, saying it is the guardian of the Ancient City...the one who sealed away Gengar and Alakazam. This is the voice that we heard say "Dark Relic" to trigger this Bonus Chapter. Guardian-sama needed Red to find the Dark Relic, activate it and deal with the 2 monsters. Jigglypuff is companion to the Guardian and we'll get to battle it for its approval. Jiggly Mic Digivolve to...Jiggly Anc(mon)! Level 40.
  2483.  
  2484. Jiggly Anc is a Fairy/Unknown-type. Same Ability, knows Rest, Body Slam, Wake-Up Slap and Charming Cry.
  2485.  
  2486. Having Rock Smash means we can complete another Bonus Chapter, Hospitality.
  2487.  
  2488. [XX10] BONUS CHAPTER - HOSPITALITY (continued)
  2489. ==================================
  2490.  
  2491. Back at Hayden's house, first, go upstairs and interact with the book shelf. There's a diary entry, probably by Hayden, asking why he can't find love, being so tired of being single. Didn't Hayden say he had a wife...? Return downstairs and unleash the Rock Smash so we can access that room. Enter and we find ourselves in the backyard...there are 3 people here, without limbs! They warn Red to run away before Hayden the Cannibal returns. Freaked out, Red sends out a Pokemon to put them out of their misery. What the hell...go back into the house, but before we can get out of here, Hayden attacks Red. He wakes up in the basement. The blood! /OO./ Red looks around...maybe he shouldn't have :( because he finds what's left of Steve. Goddamnit. Leave the basement, Hayden is waiting at the top of the stairs. He's ready to serve up another meal, made of "friendship". This guy /**./
  2492.  
  2493. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2494. ===============
  2495.  
  2496. Elder Hayden (Hypno Lv40) Prize: P2400
  2497.  
  2498. Red finds his chance to escape. But he doesn't get very far, Hayden is after him...at this point the game looks like it has glitched but it's still okay because the "ghost" of Steve is present and helps Red push Hayden into the water south from the house. Damn, his mom and his sister don't even know...
  2499.  
  2500. End of Bonus Chapter - Hospitality.
  2501.  
  2502. SAFARI ZONE
  2503. ...........
  2504.  
  2505. ...which is in Fuchsia :/ unfortunately Steve's mom and sister don't have any new dialogue, but Red reacts. Anyway, make your through the Safari Zone to where we need Rock Smash. We'll find Rare Candy and Soul Dew.
  2506.  
  2507. SEAFOAM ISLAND
  2508. ..............
  2509.  
  2510. TM45 (Attract). Rare Candy.
  2511.  
  2512. CERULEAN CAVE
  2513. .............
  2514.  
  2515. TM16 (Light Screen).
  2516.  
  2517. Yup, I think that's it for this Great Backtrack.
  2518.  
  2519. Back to Red in Viridian. Go to the Gym, use Rock Smash. You'll find a secret entrance behind the Gym, make your way downstairs to a room where we find them damn slide panels /==./ no surprise, this IS the Viridian Gym after all haha.
  2520.  
  2521.  
  2522. [AB] CHAPTER 28 - TEAM ROCKET
  2523. =============================
  2524.  
  2525. Survive the slide panels and get to the exit. We're in a forest now. A voice welcomes us to the Viridian Gym - Giovanni appears and FINALLY Red finds out who he is. Giovanni unleashes 6 Poke Balls and Red has to pick one for a battle. Here are the Pokemon, from top left going clockwise: Cloyster, Magma, Rhydon, Beedrill, Nidoqueen, Nidoking. I chose Magma, next thing all my Pokemon got Burned! It's at Level 49. After that battle, we face the man!
  2526.  
  2527. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2528. ===============
  2529.  
  2530. Leader Giovanni Prize: P4500
  2531. (Beedrill Lv45, Golbat Lv45, Cloyster Lv45)
  2532.  
  2533. Not enough, Giovanni has to reveal the whole story...the Pokemon that were kidnapped and experimented on...the fact that we're in the Viridian Forest now. Aaand there he goes, running away.
  2534.  
  2535. -Viridian Forest (Viridian City's Gym)-
  2536. Wild Encounters: Beedrill, Pidgeotto, Arbok, Raichu, Pidgeot.
  2537.  
  2538. Simple path to follow, we'll catch up to Giovanni. No more games, he's got a full team. Go!
  2539.  
  2540. >>BOSS BATTLE<< (Part 2)
  2541. ===============
  2542.  
  2543. Leader Giovanni Prize: P4500
  2544. (Nidoqueen Lv45, Golem Lv45, Dugtrio Lv45, Rhydon Lv45, Nidoking Lv45, Beedrill Lv45)
  2545.  
  2546. Giovanni lost...but Red's the one on the floor, KOed? /==./ a couple of very familiar faces arrive, you know they're legit because they have mugshots - Jessie and James! Not the usual, bumbling comic relief duo we know and love though. Giovanni sends them on a mission, to destroy the Team Rocket branches that are in the Orange Archipelago and the Sevii Islands. Red has destroyed the Kanto branch. Team Rocket, for the gazillionth time, is disbanded. Perhaps that's the neverending gag for Team Rocket, even in a fan made game, they end up disbanding.
  2547.  
  2548. End of Chapter 28 - Team Rocket.
  2549.  
  2550. We wake up in the Viridian City PokeCenter. Yellow found Red in the Viridian Forest and brought him here. The people of Viridian will take care of the strange Pokemon we encountered in the Forest. Red remembers that he didn't get the final Gym Badge from Giovanni...sure, this would be something we would worry about under normal circumstances...but nope, guess what? We don't need the Badge to participate in the League! /==./ and Red knew! So what was the point of collecting them then?? Really, all this time travelling to these cities...finding Gyms closed because the Gym Leaders were away and all for what in the end?
  2551.  
  2552.  
  2553. [AC] CHAPTER 29 - INDIGO LEAGUE
  2554. ===============================
  2555.  
  2556. Doesn't matter folks, with our 7 Gym Badges, leave the PokeCenter and head west into Route 22. Jasmine is still there, she checks our profile to make sure things are in order. Red is the 10th participant from Pallet Town. Afterwards follow the steps up and enter the building, where other participants are present. Mr Fanclub is here as well, checking out people's Pokemon then sees Red and asks for his Pokemon. Officer Jenny sends him off. Sounds like the League is a tournament style event, that much I'm down for. Leave the whole Elite 4 style system to the official games. Preliminary rounds, semi-finals then finals for the title, according to Officer Jenny. Step out to find another Officer Jenny who tells us that we're in Block C. We have to defeat all the Trainers here to move forward. If you leave, you'll have to start the preliminaries from scratch.
  2557.  
  2558. ROUTE 23
  2559. ........
  2560. Wild Encounters: Mankey, Fearow, Spearow, Ekans, Primeape, Arbok.
  2561. Surfing: Psyduck.
  2562. Fishing: Poliwag, Poliwhirl, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  2563.  
  2564. Trainers
  2565. ........
  2566.  
  2567. Aroma Lady Alison Prize: P1260
  2568. (All Lv45 Kangaskhoo, Pidgeot, Azumarill)
  2569.  
  2570.  
  2571. Scientist Yusei (Magneton Lv45, Electrode Lv45) Prize: P2160
  2572.  
  2573. Bug Catcher Kared Prize: P540
  2574. (Scyther Lv45, Beedrill Lv45, Butterfree Lv45)
  2575.  
  2576. Ranger Bridgette (Sneasel Lv45, Scizor Lv45) Prize: P180
  2577.  
  2578. Scientist Sheldon Prize: P2160
  2579. (Persian Lv45, Meowth Lv45, Skitty Lv45, Delcatty Lv45)
  2580.  
  2581. Punk Duncan (Machamp Lv45, Kabiin Lv45, Tauros Lv45) Prize: P900
  2582.  
  2583. Simple route, heading west. Very interesting that the Trainers we're meeting are people we battled in the past. You'll find Zinc in the grass just by the lady who isn't a participant. Past Yusei, to the right, is a Nugget. To the left of Bridgette is Rare Candy. North from Sheldon is TM49 (Hyper Voice). At the end is Officer Jenny to let us know we're one of the winners of Block C.
  2584.  
  2585. /==./ Then we get ready for the one place I'd hoped wouldn't be in this game, *sigh* you gave us a tournament style League, but you just had to throw in Victory Road. Come on.
  2586.  
  2587. VICTORY ROAD
  2588. ............
  2589.  
  2590. -1F-
  2591. Wild Encounters: Machop, Geodude, Onix, Zubat, Arbok, Golbat, Marowak, Machoke.
  2592.  
  2593. Just like Silph Co, if you're not a fan of Victory Road I am sorry...I'm not a fan of it too. Fun and interesting in the early games but you just reach a point where you can do without it. This one here at least seems like a simple route to follow. Get to the ladder.
  2594.  
  2595. -2F-
  2596. Wild Encounters: Machop, Geodude, Onix, Zubat, Arbok, Golbat, Marowak, Machoke.
  2597.  
  2598. That item you find first is a Revival Herb. Just as you reach the steps, a new face stops us. Wrong time dude /==./ where have you been all this time while we were out stopping Team Rocket and stuff, eh? He's another participant from Pallet Town, named Grey. Another Rival folks, with a full team. I hope he's not a typical Rival character (play enough rom hacks, you'll get the same copy/paste Rivals who are basically Gary/Blue 2.0). Let's go!
  2599.  
  2600. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  2601. ================
  2602.  
  2603. Rival Grey Prize: P3600
  2604. (Eevee Lv45, Vaporeon Lv45, Leafeon Lv45, Jolteon Lv45, Flareon Lv45, Glaceon Lv45)
  2605.  
  2606. Well. So ends his journey :/ you should've been around while we were out on the road, Grey-kun...we could've battled each other a couple of times. Let's continue. You'll find a ladder taking us back to 1F. There, we're on the eastern side. Another ladder going up. Back on 2F, upper area, far to the right you'll find a Timer Ball. Below is a ladder taking us to 3F.
  2607.  
  2608. -3F-
  2609. Wild Encounters: Machop, Geodude, Onix, Zubat, Arbok, Golbat, Marowak, Machoke.
  2610.  
  2611. That item is a Lucky Punch. Next item you'll find is a Max Elixir. Below that is a ladder heading down, pass those and go for the steps on the left...just in time for another new face to stop us. Also from Pallet Town, this is Brown. Just like Grey, wrong time dude.
  2612.  
  2613. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  2614. ================
  2615.  
  2616. Rival Brown Prize: P3600
  2617. (Golem Lv45, Alakazam Lv45, Raichu Lv45, Starmie Lv45, Victreebel Lv45, Magcargo Lv45)
  2618.  
  2619. Sorry Brown. Go up the steps, follow the path to TM32 (Double Team), a Max Ether and another ladder going down. That one leads to the exit. The ladder you saw above, before Brown appeared, leads to Soft Sand.
  2620.  
  2621. We're out of Victory Road, to meet another participant from Pallet. A girl named Pink (I'm really tempted to make that really obvious pop culture reference...really tempted). Sorry to put an end to your quest. Geez, these Rivals...where were you people??
  2622.  
  2623. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  2624. ================
  2625.  
  2626. Rival Pink Prize: P3600
  2627. (Clefable Lv45, Parasect Lv45, Venomoth Lv45, Arbok Lv45, Ninetales Lv45, Primeape Lv45)
  2628.  
  2629. She wishes us luck, and mentions Orange, Violet, Purple and Indigo. More?! Call the Power Rangers, why dontcha? Good grief haha. Up ahead is the Indigo Plateau, finally, and waiting for us are Brock, Erika and Misty. Just some last words of encouragement. Inside, Red confirms that we are in the semi-finals...but no time to celebrate because Green is right there to tell him that he's the winner of Block D. He gives a little history lesson, all the Trainers who've won the Indigo League have been from Pallet Town. The previous Champ was Mrs Ketchum...the one before her was Professor Oak?! /Oo!/ he's really let himself go since those hey days, eh? Green leaves. To the right, we see Blue talking to a Youngster with a male Nidoran. Her female Nidoran has found some love. Of course she's in the semi-finals, because why not? To the left you'll see the former Champ herself, Daisy Oak, Bill and Ramuh the Teleporter. You know the drill, there's a shop and Nurse Joy is there...heal up, gear up and when you're set, move on ahead. Bill will want to talk before we go, he tells Red that he'll be facing Green in the first round! Damn, we ain't main event level haha.
  2630.  
  2631. We'll be in another lobby, where we meet a reporter named Carly. She asks for an interview but Red "too busy" (really dude? You just got here *face palm*) and recommends Green. Blue is close by too, wanting a quick battle before the semi-finals /==./ timing, girl, timing!
  2632.  
  2633. >>RIVAL BATTLE<<
  2634. ================
  2635.  
  2636. Rival Blue Prize: P4000
  2637. (Jigglypuff Lv50, Kadabra Lv50, Nidoran[F] Lv50, Ditto Lv50, Clefable Lv50, Blastoise Lv50)
  2638.  
  2639. As always with Blue, there's a shady reason hidden behind what she does. She makes a note about Red's team. To the right is a VIP lounge with some very familiar faces - the Elite 4! But they're VIP and we're not. Doctor O is here too, the winner of Block B?? What!? From where?? How?? He's not interested in the Championship title, he has his own mission.
  2640.  
  2641. We're just in time for Blue vs Doctor O. Find a seat. Blue leads with her Jigglypuff against Doc's Spearow...she underestimates Spearow. No Flying-type in her team. Doc sends out a Doduo and what looks like a Pidgeot. Doc wants to teach her a lesson, knowing that she's a thief. Coincidentally, Blue sends out Blastoise and attempts a Hydro Pump from the air but a Mirror Move shuts that down. Pidgeot is sent to finish things off, but we get a little story about a girl who was abducted by a giant bird Pokemon many years ago. People gave up on the search but Oak never forgot and the same girl would show up to steal Squirtle from the lab. The battle ends and Blue finally explains. Hopefully this means she'll become a better person and character now. Red vs Green is next.
  2642.  
  2643. Professor Oak is in the audience, he won't be taking part in the tournament. The announcement is made and that match against Green is move up to the final match. That was fast. Blue is also present, and yup, she's up to something *sigh* there's no helping this girl lol. When you're ready, Green is waiting.
  2644.  
  2645. >>INDIGO LEAGUE CHAMPIONSHIP<<
  2646. ==============================
  2647.  
  2648. Rival Green Prize: P4000
  2649. (Golduck Lv50, Porygon Lv50, Scyther Lv50, Charizard Lv50, Rhydon Lv50, Machamp Lv50)
  2650.  
  2651. Flipping fantastic! :D Congratulations people, we are the Champion!! Time for the award ceremony. Carly shows up, looking to cover this but nobody saves her and she's taken away :/ somebody should really go through them League rules again, because Blue is in 3rd place. Because why not?? /==./
  2652.  
  2653. End of Chapter 29 - Indigo League.
  2654.  
  2655. Epilogue.
  2656.  
  2657. We see the Pallet 3 back home, seeing other familiar faces as they make their way to the lab. Green is left there with Professor Oak and Daisy. Then Blue is dropped off at her place. Red heads home, meets Mew, then carries on the see Mom. There's a woman standing close by seeing them.
  2658.  
  2659. End of Epilogue.
  2660.  
  2661. End of Kanto Saga.
  2662.  
  2663. ....are we done? NO! :) on to the next adventure. We're the Champion now, the top Trainer in all of Kanto and that means being able to access places we couldn't get to before, because we weren't "strong enough" or whatever. Also, there are some Bonus Chapters open now which can only be done after becoming Champ. As always, if you don't want to do the Bonus Chapters, skip down, to "Back to Red in Pallet Town".
  2664.  
  2665. [XX24] BONUS CHAPTER - SECRET OF JOY
  2666. ====================================
  2667.  
  2668. According to Lunos' guide, this is triggered by going to the Saffron PokeCenter at night after the Silph Co story. It didn't trigger for me until after becoming Champion /==./ I just went to Saffron, to try it out since it was a Bonus Chapter I'd yet to see and it triggered. Here's what happens:
  2669.  
  2670. Get to Saffron and enter the PokeCenter. When you reach the front desk to talk to Nurse Joy, another Nurse Joy comes in to, calling the one at the desk trash. Officer Jenny will warn her and eventually this Nurse Joy will leave. What's going here..? Exit the PokeCenter and go north of town to the Saffron City Park to find that Nurse Joy. Red wants to know what's up...this lady isn't a Nurse anymore. Her name is Tiffany. She's out for revenge for what happened to her, Samantha and Jake. She drops a bomb that shakes the entire Pokemon universe - she's the original Nurse Joy and all the others are clones of her! /OO!/ Samantha Jenny is the original Officer Jenny and Jake Henry is the original Officer Henry. They were kept in a lab, cloned and experimented on, but Tiffany escaped. Samantha and Henry weren't as lucky. Red doesn't like the idea of killing, even if the people to be killed are clones (what about old man Hayden though...). Tiffany leaves, aiming to kill Nurse Joy. if you return to the PokeCenter, Red has to hide before Tiffany and Chansey arrive. Chansey tries to stop Tiffany but she's stubborn. Red gets to her, to talk some sense into her-- Nurse Joy steps out of the PokeCenter, in time to see an old man collapse.
  2671.  
  2672. A few minutes later, the old man is alright. This troubles Tiffany, seeing a clone do a good job just like she used to. She asks Red to look after Chansey, telling him to be careful of the government now that he knows what they are capable of. Something happens to Tiffany but we don't see.
  2673.  
  2674. End of Bonus Chapter - Secret of Joy.
  2675.  
  2676. We find ourselves in the PokeCenter and if you check your PC, there it is - Level 40 Chansey, Fairy/Normal-type, with the "Sturdy" Ability, knowing Take Down, Sing, Sweet Kiss and Heal Pulse. Also, holding a Lucky Egg! Despite the circumstances, at least you got one of the most useful hold items ever. Get some good TMs for Chansey-chan, will ya?
  2677.  
  2678. [XX25] BONUS CHAPTER - GOODBYE STEVE
  2679. ====================================
  2680.  
  2681. For this one, return to Pallet and interact with the TV in your room. There'll be a news report going on, Ribbita the reporter is outside Hayden's house. Next she's in Fuchsia to try and speak with Steve's family...but that doesn't go well. Head over to Fuchsia to speak to the family. Their house is the last one to the east, before leaving the city. Cinnamon will think Red's a reporter despite him saying he knew Steve. She leaves with mom to visit Steve's grave, which is in Lavender. They'll be open to hearing Red out once he has the chance to explain things. You'll have a choice, to lie to mom or not. Lying to her will portray Steve as a hero who protected Red...telling the truth, Red says Steve tricked him into leaving and when he returned, he found Steve's body (wasn't it Hayden who told Red that Steve left?). Either way Sugar/mom will think she feels and hears Steve, before rushing off. She'll be talking to that funky fortuneteller Blair near the PokeCenter. She pays the woman P1000 for that chance to speak to Steve, doesn't matter what Red or Cinnamon say. Blair actually manages to break through to the spirit world...but whatever she communicates with there freaks her out and she sends Sugar and Cinnamon away. Talk to Blair at night. She says Steve's spirit wasn't there, instead it was a demon that had been posing as Steve to reach the family. She didn't warn them because the demon threatened to kill her when she tried to have it possess her, thinking it was Steve. Red decides to take Blair along with him to fix all this.
  2682.  
  2683. Back in Fuchsia, Cinnamon asks Sugar if she's going to sleep...but the woman turns around and just laughs! Cinnamon screams. Make your way back to Fuchsia, just in time to save Cinnamon. Blair expels the demon from Sugar but once it's out, she can't seal it. Red steps in. It is called Fallen, Level 50. Even after the battle, it won't back down. Blair tells Sugar that the demon is this powerful because she still hasn't let Steve go. But she won't. The demon attacks Blair...but nothing happens, because in between the demon and Blair is Steve! He has a final moment with his mom before moving on, which weakens the demon and we get another round. Capture it or defeat it, that's up to you now.
  2684.  
  2685. A few weeks later, we're back in Lavender with Cinnamon. She and mom will be leaving for the Kalos Region, where Cinnamon will be attending university. It is done.
  2686.  
  2687. End of Bonus Chapter - Goodbye Steve.
  2688.  
  2689. By the way, while you were back in Fuchsia, did you notice that the Gym entrance wasn't blocked? :) shall we? Enter the Gym, Red will notice how dark it is in here-- a familiar face chimes in from somewhere within, asking her father what is she going to do. We'll find Koga and his daughter Janine! Who'll immediately battle us! Damn, this woman is fast!
  2690.  
  2691. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2692. ===============
  2693.  
  2694. Trainer Janine Prize: P3200
  2695. (Spinarak Lv40, Pineco Lv40, Koffing Lv40, Grimer Lv40, Golbat Lv40)
  2696.  
  2697. Koga steps in to stop her. He has no interest in Red anymore, he thinks Janine still has a lot to learn...and then he just leaves. Great job on being a responsible Gym Leader and father /==./ you can talk to Janine, there's nothing else unfortunately.
  2698.  
  2699. [XX26] BONUS CHAPTER - BATTLE NETWORK
  2700. =====================================
  2701.  
  2702. Return to Silph Co and make your way to an employee named Light, you'll see him standing near a couple of those flashing machines. They've been infected by a virus. An Anti-virus won't help, Light has to go INTO the machine to fix the problem...and that's exactly what he does! Red has to touch the computer screen to be converted into data and enter.
  2703.  
  2704. -Silph Company Network-
  2705. Wild Encounters: Porygon.
  2706. Surfing: Porygon.
  2707. Fishing: Porygon.
  2708.  
  2709. (Game Corner be damned!)
  2710.  
  2711. Wow, look at this place haha certainly takes me back :D for those of you who've played the Megaman Battle Network RPGs on the good old GBA back in the day, you're welcome. I guess the name of the Bonus Chapter should've said it all. We meet up with Light, who points out that the little digital creatures we see are called Mettaur, they get rid of junk data. Up ahead is the source of the problem, a Porygon. When you interact with it, it will run away. You'll find it in the eastern area. From there it'll move north. Just follow it around until you have it cornered for a battle. It is at Level 30 and can be caught.
  2712. Problem solved. Light will award us with a Vaccine and we're allowed to explore this place. It's a place you can come back to any time too.
  2713.  
  2714. End of Bonus Chapter - Battle Network.
  2715.  
  2716. [XX27] BONUS CHAPTER - MEWTWO STRIKES BACK
  2717. ==========================================
  2718.  
  2719. Travel to Cinnabar Island. If you already have the Invitation Key Item from the Science Lab, go to the PokeCenter...if not, got get it. At the PokeCenter we find Blue, who points out that Nurse Joy isn't around! She needs to heal her Pokemon before going to New Island. She also has an invitation...and so does Green. They'll both leave. To get to this New Island, leave Cinnabar from the east then go south, past the point where we were collecting those items for Blaine for his distraction. Get in the water and Surf west. If you've been here before, you would have been met by a wall of 3 Gyarados. They ain't there now. Follow the path south, into the area leading to New Island.
  2720.  
  2721. -Path to New Island-
  2722. Surfing: Gyarados, Cloyster, Tentacruel.
  2723. Fishing: Tentacruel, Gyarados.
  2724.  
  2725. Trainers
  2726. ........
  2727.  
  2728. Swimmer Neesha (Wigglytuff Lv45, Blastoise Lv45) Prize: P900
  2729.  
  2730. Swimmer Korey Prize: P900
  2731. (Venusaur Lv45, Pidgeot Lv45, Rhyhorn Lv45)
  2732.  
  2733. Simple path, you'll eventually get to the island. Red is met by Nurse Joy, the same one said to be missing from the Cinnabar Island PokeCenter but she acts like Red is mistaken.
  2734.  
  2735. NEW ISLAND
  2736. ..........
  2737.  
  2738. Pokemon to be Found
  2739. ...................
  2740. Wild Encounters: Hitmonlee, Rhyhorn, Tauros, Pinsir, Hitmonchan, Scyther, Jynx, Lickitung, Pidgeot, Fearow.
  2741. Surfing: Tentacruel.
  2742. Fishing: Magikarp, Gyarados, Tentacruel.
  2743.  
  2744. You'll find a Max Repel in the grass to the right. To the left you'll find a Link Stone. Enter the building, where we find Blue and Green, with their Pokemon out and about. There's another character, named Fergus and without wasting time, Blue's already working on him haha. Nurse Joy announces her master - Mewtwo! Not the one with Blaine...oh, that one's a prototype. This one is from the Orange Archipelago branch. It shows off its power a little, Nurse Joy comes to her senses when Mewtwo no longer has any use for her. Typical Green is only concerned with catching Mewtwo, it being a Pokemon and all, but his Pidgeot is defeated. Time to challenge Mewtwo! It has copies of the Kanto Starters, fully evolved. You'll need to have Venusaur with you for this /==./ yeah, no warning or anything. If you have it in your PC when you got here, sorry (that code which lets you access your PC from anywhere really comes in handy for times like this). Green goes up first with Charizard, he loses. Blue is next. Then it's Red's turn. We're battling Venasaur 2, Level 50. AFter the battle, Mewtwo sends Red away by teleport. Not too far away, just off the island. This time we'll be entering the building through the entrance on the right.
  2745.  
  2746. You'll be in a corridor with several doorways. The first 2 rooms are just full of those green tanks. The 3rd room is the cloning lab and there's a video you can watch. In it, Giovanni is talking to Blaine and Mr Fuji, they have to create a clone of Mew. Next, we see Blaine and Mr Fuji looking at some tanks...the clones are failures, they don't have enough DNA. What they create is what they decide to dub Ditto. Next, they have to report back to Giovanni...he wants results. Next, Blaine and Mr Fuji talk about the Grunts failing to catch Mew in Pallet Town. They have 2 clones left to work with...but what DNA will they use this time? Blaine's. The clones survive but they don't get along and have to be separated. The video ends.
  2747.  
  2748. Enter the 5th room. There's a note on the table about the machine in this room, it controls the cloning process. By the machine you'll be asked if you want to press the button. Press it! The Process is activated, to Red's surprise. Continue through the corridor, it goes north. There'll be a Level 5 Bulbasaur 2. If you take the left way, you'll find Charmander 2 and Squirtle 2. Catch them if you want, but let me just warn you - they cannot learn any TM or HM moves :/ Anyway, go all the way left, until you fall back into the arena room where everyone is. Mewtwo is still in charge, but Red is ready...only for Mew to appear in between him and Mewtwo. They go at it and the Kanto Starter clones appear to battle the originals. Red tries to stop Mew and Mewtwo's fight, but he ends up turned to stone! But thanks to the Kanto Starters he's turned back to normal. Mewtwo turns good guy and together with the other Pokemon, they go off somewhere, out there. Red reappears in the Cinnabar PokeCenter.
  2749.  
  2750. End of Bonus Chapter - Mewtwo Strikes Back.
  2751.  
  2752. [XX28] BONUS CHAPTER - INSTINCT
  2753. ===============================
  2754.  
  2755. Speak to your mom. She's happy to see Red home, cooks him some food, gives him some gifts...until Red figures out that this is all just a trap - his cousin is here in Kanto and needs to be picked up from Vermilion.
  2756.  
  2757. Enter the PokeCenter in Vermilion to find him. This is Cousin Spark. He'll tag along, bring him back home. He plans to stay here for 3 years! /==./ who is this guy?? Great job Mom, you want him out of your house but you decided to bring him here *face palm* even Spark's mom doesn't want him around. Uhh, boy :/
  2758.  
  2759. End of Bonus Chapter - Instinct.
  2760.  
  2761. [XX29] BONUS CHAPTER - MYSTIC
  2762. =============================
  2763.  
  2764. Talk to mom again...more gifts, another scam /==./ a family friend's daughter is going to be staying here. *sigh* go get her, she's in a volcano. Yeah, a VOLCANO. Hilarious.
  2765.  
  2766. She's the white-haired woman in the volcano. Bring her home and we find out her name is Blanche. Yup, not much of a talker.
  2767.  
  2768. End of Bonus Chapter - Mystic.
  2769.  
  2770. [XX30] BONUS CHAPTER - VALOR
  2771. ============================
  2772.  
  2773. Going for that hattrick. I ain't coming back home after this nonsense lol. The final character to be picked up is named Candela and she's at the Seafoam Islands. She's an international student. Surf from Fuchsia and walk past that cave entrance, you'll find her outside. Back home she's also given Red's room to use while she's staying here /==./ makes all the sense in the world, mom!
  2774.  
  2775. End of Bonus Chapter - Valor.
  2776.  
  2777. *sigh* Some of these Bonus Chapters. Go upstairs and talk to our house guests. Spark can't believe that Red is the new Kanto Champ and we get to battle him. For his sake, he has a full team.
  2778.  
  2779. >>TRAINER BATTLE<<
  2780. ==================
  2781.  
  2782. Trainer Spark Prize: P3600
  2783. (Pikachu Lv45, Lanturn Lv45, Manetric Lv45, Magnezone Lv45, Raichu Lv45, Electrode Lv45)
  2784.  
  2785. Yes, Candela too!
  2786.  
  2787. >>TRAINER BATTLE<<
  2788. ==================
  2789.  
  2790. Trainer Candela Prize: P3600
  2791. (Charmander Lv45, Arcanine Lv45, Magmortar Lv45, Magmar Lv45, Ninetales Lv45, Houndoom Lv45)
  2792.  
  2793. Don't forget about Blanche!
  2794.  
  2795. >>TRAINER BATTLE<<
  2796. ==================
  2797.  
  2798. Trainer Blanche Prize: P3600
  2799. (Seel Lv45, Dewgong Lv45, Jynx Lv45, Sealeo Lv45, Walrein Lv45, Piloswine Lv45)
  2800.  
  2801. Interesting. When Red leaves, these 3 finally show some true colour. They know each other, as Valor, Instinct and Mystic. Why are they here, no idea for now. I just think all this could've been handled a lot better than what we got in the Bonus Chapters. But that's it for now as far as Bonus Chapters go.
  2802.  
  2803. Back to Red in Pallet Town. Mrs Ketchum isn't home, Akari will be there looking after the house. She's in the Orange Archipelago. Interesting. Visit Professor Oak to hear about the Orange League. His good friend Professor Ivy lives on Valencia Island. He gives Red the Orange Ticket, it lets us catch a blimp from Vermiliion to Valencia. Solid.
  2804.  
  2805. Before you go off to Vermilion, let's pass by that first cave in the North Cerulean Sector, where we could only come back once we're stronger. Once there, walk in between those big crystals-- there's a flash..Red turns around to see himself?? This "other Red" doesn't speak, just battles us. With a full team. Are we having a Naruto vs Dark Naruto moment?! Good god almighty, I have to tell you, I WAS NOT prepared for what I saw. Good thing I saved haha because wow, take a look at the info below:
  2806.  
  2807. >>TRAINER BATTLE<<
  2808. ==================
  2809.  
  2810. Trainer ??? Prize: P20400
  2811. (Pikachu Lv255, Lapras Lv255, Snorlax Lv255, Venusaur Lv255, Blastoise Lv255, Charizard Lv255)
  2812.  
  2813. INSANE!!! WHAT MADNESS IS THIS?!! Dude wiped out my entire team with his first Pokemon, Pikachu, using Quick Attack. I coughed up P3600 for losing and of course, woke up in the last PokeCenter I visited. I went back and fortunately he was still there haha ready to whoop ass again. So, in order to find out what his team was made up of, how much cash he'll give for beating him and what happens afterwards, I had to go in under God Mode conditions - 999HP, 999PP. I didn't have a Pokemon that knew Knock Off, which would've saved me against Snorlax because it has Leftovers and that really extended this battle. So, for those of you who plan to return to face this guy later (much, MUCH later) have a Pokemon that knows Knock Off or Thief. After the battle, Trainer ??? leaves without a word. If you walk through the crystals again, the scenario plays out again and you get to fight him over and over.
  2814.  
  2815. I'm a fan of Red, to me he's the true idea of a Pokemon Trainer - he went on his journey, trained, became a Champion and continued forward. The mystique still remains, he never downgraded as a character and any chance to battle him, I take it. In this case, where we're playing as Red and we get to fight another version of Red whose team is beyond super overpowered...that takes away the fun and awesomeness that comes with meeting Red and battling him, because when you face him his team is really strong but not at crazy levels like what we have here. It's why I'm totally fine with Level 100 being the max level in the Pokemon games...it's high enough to be a goal but it's a level you don't have to reach in order to still enjoy a game from start to finish. I've never understood why in some fan games they go beyond 100. Why? What for?? It's a long enough journey just getting to 100. But seeing as this isn't a complete game and there are several other regions planned, I can understand why in this game Level 100 might not be enough as a max level. But that battle against Super Saiyan Blue Red...
  2816.  
  2817. How to recover from that, damn lol let's go on to Vermilion now.
  2818.  
  2819. -Vermilion City Pier-
  2820. Surfing: Tentacool.
  2821. Fishing: Horsea, Shellder, Gyarados, Psyduck.
  2822.  
  2823. Show Captain Cook the fancy Orange Ticket and he'll let us through.
  2824.  
  2825. ORANGE ARCHIPELAGO SAGA
  2826. =======================
  2827.  
  2828. [AD] CHAPTER 01 - THRILL RIDE
  2829. =============================
  2830.  
  2831. The blimp is to the south of this path. Green is to the east, then Blue shows up too and leaves with Green. Watching this from nearby are Pink, Brown and Grey. They haven't gotten over our last encounters. Then we see Delia/Mrs Ketchum, looking sad. We can now get on the blimp. There's Blue, and she can't find Green (knowing Green, is it any surprise?).
  2832.  
  2833. Trainers
  2834. ........
  2835.  
  2836. Fisherman Luis (Anchorage Lv40, Turban Lv40...?) Prize: P1440
  2837.  
  2838. Swimmer Nedina (Poliwrath & Politoed Lv35) Prize: P960
  2839.  
  2840. We can take a look around. Far left from Blue is a Vaporeon, which will run off elsewhere when you interact with it. South from there we find Delia. To the right we'll see Green, and here comes Carla! But she doesn't get to stay long, dismissed by Green and not being able to speak to Red. Green would rather be left alone. In the bottom right area we'll find Captain Luke. We ain't going to Valencia until his Vaporeon (!) is returned. You'll find it near Blue, then you chase it until you get to battle it. It's at Level 55. Defeat it and go back to the Captain. As a reward, we got a free pass to board the blimp :) nice...but we still need a ticket to travel to other places :/ whomp.
  2841.  
  2842. In the cabin that Delia was standing outside of is Green, and you'll be asked if you want to talk to him. Blue is in the cabin on the right, you can choose whether or not to listen to her rant. If you talk to Green, he'll tell his story about having left Kanto before, to train with Chuck in Johto with the aim to come back stronger and become Kanto Champ. But after everything he's been through, he doesn't think he's accomplished anything. He just had to get that off his chest and thanks Red. Blue's rant is about how despite how she may act, she really misses her parents. Red gives her some hope, that maybe she'll meet them again down the road. Unfortunately you can't speak to both so you'll have to decide which one you'll talk to.
  2843.  
  2844. Afterwards Jessie speaks, asking if the bombs are ready?? The other people are gone, instead we find a bunch of Voltorb around. Jessie, James and Meowth are in the area above Blue's cabin. They plan to blow up the blimp using these Voltorb, killing the Pallet 3 because they stopped Team Rocket here in Kanto. We can't let that happen!
  2845.  
  2846. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  2847. ===============
  2848.  
  2849. Team Rocket Duo Prize: P3960
  2850. (Gauntrebel Lv45, Lickylick Lv45, Arbok Lv50, Weezing Lv50, Meowth Lv55)
  2851.  
  2852. Jessie orders Voltorb to explode once they leave the blimp, before fleeing with her pals. Voltorb prepares to explode, but suddenly all the Voltorb vanish...behind Red is a Porygon.
  2853.  
  2854. End of Chapter 01 - Thrill Ride.
  2855.  
  2856.  
  2857. [AE] CHAPTER 02 - PROFESSOR IVY
  2858. ===============================
  2859.  
  2860. Captain Luke announces that we have arrived at Valencia Island. Exit the blimp. We see Delia, she's going to see Ash (?)...before she can leave her cabin, Porygon comes in...
  2861.  
  2862. [010] VALENCIA ISLAND - "The Sunny Summer Resort."
  2863. =====================
  2864.  
  2865. Places of Interest
  2866. ..................
  2867. - Pokemon Center
  2868. - PokeMart
  2869. - Professor Ivy's Lab
  2870. - Yuuki's Residence
  2871.  
  2872. VALENCIA ISLAND POKEMART
  2873. ........................
  2874. Poke Ball - P200
  2875. Great Ball - P600
  2876. Ultra Ball - P1200
  2877. Net Ball - P1000
  2878. Dive Ball - P1000
  2879. Repeat Ball - P1000
  2880. Timer Ball - P1000
  2881. Luxury Ball - P1000
  2882. Premier Ball - P200
  2883. Hyper Potion - P1200
  2884. Max Potion - P2500
  2885. Full Restore - P3000
  2886. Full Heal - P600
  2887. Max Ether - P2000
  2888. Max Elixir - P4500
  2889. Max Revive - P4000
  2890. Max Repel - P700
  2891. X Attack - P500
  2892. X Defend - P550
  2893. X Speed - P350
  2894. X Special - P350
  2895. X Accuracy - P950
  2896. Guard Spec. - P700
  2897. Dire Hit - P650
  2898. HP Up - P9800
  2899. Protein - P9800
  2900. Iron - P9800
  2901. Carbos - P9800
  2902. Calcium - P9800
  2903. PP Up - P9800
  2904. Zinc - P9800
  2905. PP Max - P9800
  2906. Poke Doll - P1000
  2907.  
  2908. Fresh Water - P200
  2909. Soda Pop - P300
  2910. Lemonade - P350
  2911. Moomoo Milk - P500
  2912.  
  2913. Pokemon to be found
  2914. ...................
  2915. Wild Encounters: Orangean Pidgey, Orangean Nidorino, Orangean Pidgeot, Orangean Pidgeotto, Rattata, Raticate, Orangean Female Nidoran, Orangean Male Nidoran.
  2916. Surfing: Cloyster, Gyarados, Anchorage.
  2917. Fishing: Gyarados, Anchorage, Sunmola.
  2918.  
  2919. Here we are, the tropical paradise :D the centre of the Orange Archipelago and where we sign up to compete in the Orange League. Also, we're here to see Professor Ivy...but a certain old man has found himself here and blocks the entrance into Ivy's lab. Head to the PokeCenter, where Nurse Joy will welcome us to the island. Green tells her that we're looking for Professor Ivy-- another Nurse Joy arrives, a patient's in trouble and the Central Network Machine has malfunctioned. We have to find Professor Ivy and bring her here to fix the machine.
  2920.  
  2921. The first new Bonus Chapter can be triggered at the Yuuki Residence. Skip down to "Back to Red" if you would rather not to do it. Enter the house and speak to the parents: their son Sougo has been asleep for a few weeks now since his birthday. He's sleeping in the room to the left. Among the dolls is one that Red notices, it's a voodoo doll! It moves! This is Voodoll, Level 40. It can be caught. Even after the doll has been taken care of, Sougo hasn't woken up. We find out that the doll came from his Uncle Takasugi, whom Sougo's mom does not like at all. He lives on Mikan Island.
  2922.  
  2923. [XX31] BONUS CHAPTER - VOODOO
  2924. =============================
  2925.  
  2926. Voodoll is a Dark/Ghost-type, with the "Cursed Body" Ability, knowing Hex, Shadow Ball, Sucker Punch and Destiny Bond. We can't travel to Mikan Island yet from the looks of things...the path north is blocked by whirlpools...if we Surf west, Red won't leave. That leaves east, which leads to Yuzu Island. So we put this Bonus Chapter on pause.
  2927.  
  2928. Back to Red. Surf east to Yuzu Island, where we find Ivy! The same wild Pokemon found on Valencia are found here. Ivy heard from Oak about us. Red tells her that she's needed at the PokeCenter. Back there, she'll handle the machine while we have to get a battery from her lab. Go there, retrieve it and come back. Done and done, Ivy fixes the machine and the patient is saved. Red hears a voice, someone calling for their mom...but he's the only one who hears it. Ivy will meet the Pallet 3 again at her lab.
  2929.  
  2930. Turns out Blue isn't here to compete in the Orange Cup (am I surprised? Nope), she's just here for the free holiday. Ivy registers Red and Blue for the League and tells them about the different Pokemon found around here, unique versions of the Kanto ones. We go to her backyard, enter the grass are immediately met by a funky looking Ekans, Level 30. These Pokemon have adapted to the new climate - "regional variation". Shades of Gen 7 right there, not too shabby. Green leaves, ever so eager to be ahead, and Blue once again doing things for ulterior motives.
  2931.  
  2932. End of Chapter 02 - Professor Ivy.
  2933.  
  2934. Scene change, back at the PokeCenter. Delia is here, possibly to see the patient...OH! /OO!/ But it seems the patient's condition has gotten worse. Chances are, she may have to let him go. She asks to see him at least...clearly not doing this alone.
  2935.  
  2936. Speak to Ivy, who lets us pick a Starter Pokemon! /OO!/ well..."non-canon" Pokemon:
  2937. Beleaf (Grass/Rock), "Sturdy" Ability, knows Tackle, Growl, Razor Leaf and Poisonpowder.
  2938.  
  2939. Pyrocub (Fire), "Blaze" Ability, knows Tackle, Leer, Smokescreen and Ember.
  2940.  
  2941. Kurusu (Water), "Torrent" Ability, knows Scratch, Leer, Water Gun and Rage.
  2942.  
  2943. As if we haven't had enough of them so far haha just pick something and let's go. Leave Valencia via the route northwest, it takes us to Route 1 (Orange Islands Remix).
  2944.  
  2945. Meanwhile
  2946.  
  2947. We catch up with that fun trio, Jessie, James and Meowth, still on their mission to disband the Orange Archipelago branch of Team Rocket. Jessie wonders why Giovanni wants to do this, but James is confident the boss knows what he's doing. Watching them is that mysterious Porygon.
  2948.  
  2949. Back to Red. Yes, Route 1 (Orange Islands Remix).
  2950.  
  2951. ROUTE 1 (Orange Islands)
  2952. ........................
  2953.  
  2954. Pokemon to be found
  2955. ...................
  2956. Wild Encounters: Orangean Pidgey, Orangean Hoppip, Pinsir, Orangean Pidgeotto, Wingull, Pelipper, Orangean Skiploom.
  2957. Surfing: Tentacruel, Sunmola, Orangean Carvanha, Wingull, Pelipper.
  2958. Fishing: Sunmola, Gyarados, Qwilfish, Magikarp.
  2959.  
  2960. Floating in the water just to the left is an X Defend. The path going south from that is blocked by 4 Anchorage. So we continue onto the island up ahead.
  2961.  
  2962. Trainers
  2963. ........
  2964.  
  2965. Swimmer Tony (Anchorage Lv40, Sharpedo Lv40) Prize: P800
  2966.  
  2967. Rocker Kyubei (Mrs. Mime...? Lv40, Pidgeot Lv40) Prize: P960
  2968.  
  2969. More Anchorage are blocking the path going east off of this island, according to the woman there that path leads to Sunburst Island. Carry on going north, to the left (past Rocker Kyubei and Terri) you'll find a White Herb. We'll leave the island, onto the next one. To the northeast, you'll find TM11 (Sunny Day). Go up the steps to find Team Rocket!
  2970.  
  2971. Mayor Sam is trying to negotiate with them but it doesn't end well, someone has their Pokemon taken. Red steps in. One of the Grunts mentions a place called the Pokemon Wildlife Park, she tells her crew to go there while she stays to deal with us. She has a full team.
  2972.  
  2973. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1440
  2974. (Jigglypuff Lv40, Turban Lv40, Skyray Lv40, Blastoise Lv40, Clefable Lv40, Kangaskhoo Lv40)
  2975.  
  2976. Red makes a note about this woman's Pokemon...they're strong and familiar to him. Blue! *sigh* she doesn't think they could've taken down the Grunts, it has to be one on one and that's what they should do at that Pokemon Wildlife Park and bring back the stolen Pokemon. Watching this from nearby are Pink, Grey and Brown. Will they help? No.
  2977.  
  2978.  
  2979. [AF] CHAPTER 03 - WILDLIFE PARK
  2980. ===============================
  2981.  
  2982. Where are we? Good question :)
  2983.  
  2984. [011] TANGELO ISLAND - "The Island of Exotic Creatures."
  2985. ====================
  2986.  
  2987. Places of Interest
  2988. ..................
  2989. - Pokemon Center
  2990. - PokeMart
  2991. - Pokemon Wildlife Park
  2992. - Drama Residence (Increase Pokemon Happiness for P5000)
  2993.  
  2994. TANGELO ISLAND POKEMART
  2995. .......................
  2996. Poke Ball - P200
  2997. Great Ball - P600
  2998. Ultra Ball - P1200
  2999. Net Ball - P1000
  3000. Dive Ball - P1000
  3001. Repeat Ball - P1000
  3002. Timer Ball - P1000
  3003. Luxury Ball - P1000
  3004. Premier Ball - P200
  3005. Hyper Potion - P1200
  3006. Max Potion - P2500
  3007. Full Restore - P3000
  3008. Full Heal - P600
  3009. Max Ether - P2000
  3010. Max Elixir - P4500
  3011. Max Revive - P4000
  3012. Max Repel - P700
  3013. X Attack - P500
  3014. X Defend - P550
  3015. X Speed - P350
  3016. X Special - P350
  3017. X Accuracy - P950
  3018. Guard Spec. - P700
  3019. Dire Hit - P650
  3020. HP Up - P9800
  3021. Protein - P9800
  3022. Iron - P9800
  3023. Carbos - P9800
  3024. Calcium - P9800
  3025. PP Up - P9800
  3026. Zinc - P9800
  3027. PP Max - P9800
  3028. Poke Doll - P1000
  3029.  
  3030. Fresh Water - P200
  3031. Soda Pop - P300
  3032. Lemonade - P350
  3033. Moomoo Milk - P500
  3034.  
  3035. Pokemon to be found
  3036. ...................
  3037. Wild Encounters: Sunkern, Orangean Hoppip, Rattata, Dunsparce, Orangean Sunflora, Orangean Pidgey, Orangean Pidgeotto, Raticate, Orangean Skiploom.
  3038. Surfing: Sunmola, Orangean Carvanha, Orangean Sharpedo, Anchorage, Skyray.
  3039. Fishing: Tentacruel, Gyarados, Corphish, Magikarp, Crawdaunt.
  3040.  
  3041. Not much to do here other than visiting the Park, so once you're ready, let's go.
  3042.  
  3043. TANGELO ISLAND WILDLIFE PARK
  3044. ............................
  3045. Wild Encounters: Orangean Sunflora, Orangean Hoppip, Farfetch'd, Ledyba, Ledian, Orangean Skiploom, Aipom, Ambipom.
  3046. Surfing: Sunmola, Goldeen, Magikarp, Gyarados, Seaqueen.
  3047. Fishing: Gastroper, Magikarp, Gyarados, Seaqueen.
  3048.  
  3049. Can't even take an early stroll into this place without some Grunt spoiling the mood, eh?
  3050.  
  3051. Team Rocket Grunt (Charizard Lv40, Kangaskhoo Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3052.  
  3053. To the right from that Grunt, you'll find TM111 (Drain Kiss) on the other side of the fence.
  3054.  
  3055. Team Rocket Grunt (Lickylick Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3056.  
  3057. North from that 2nd Grunt, to the north side of the big pond, is another Grunt who has what might be the final HM, HM08 (Dive)! Aaand there he goes, into the water. Darn it. We'll be back, fool! Wind back around and continue west. If you Surf to the little island left of the pond, you'll find a Hyper Potion.
  3058.  
  3059. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1440
  3060. (Blossomite Lv40, Lapras Lv40, Crobat Lv40)
  3061.  
  3062. Make your way west to a house, where we have to help a man named Daniel...until it looks like he's working with the 2 Grunts we find here too? (why is he laughing?)
  3063.  
  3064. Team Rocket Grunt (Marowak Lv40, Jumpluff (Orange) Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3065.  
  3066. The 2 Grunts leave and Daniel helps us out by giving us HM08!! No more HMs to get (right...?), we're good now :D thank goodness. Can't say I can recall if there are any places back in Kanto that require us to have Dive. If there are places I've forgotten, please get in touch to let me know (allenchngnzh22@gmail.com). Let's chase after that Grunt! Dive!!
  3067.  
  3068. -Tangelo Island Wildlife Park (Underwater Spot)-
  3069. Wild Encounters: Corsola, Orangean Remoraid, Clamperl, Orangean Huntail, Orangean Gorebyss.
  3070.  
  3071. Far south you'll find a Mental Herb. In the top right corner you'll find TM46 (Thief). Swim to the bottom left corner to get a Shiny Orange Islands version of Lapras, Level 50. It is a Water/Rock-type, with the "Water Absorb" Ability, knowing Ice Beam, Aqual Tail, Safeguard and Hydro Pump. The story continues in the southeast area, where a Grunt has cornered a Lapras.
  3072.  
  3073. Team Rocket Grunt (Magneton Lv40, Electrode Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3074.  
  3075. We're done here. Make your way back to the surface and to the Park entrance. There's Jessie and James. Suddenly Red doesn't look so good /oO?/
  3076.  
  3077. Team Rocket Duo (Lickylick Lv45, Gauntrebel Lv45, Weezing Lv45, Arbok Lv45, Meowth Lv55) Prize: P3960
  3078.  
  3079. His Pokemon were too exhausted?? Not this nonsense again. Then Blue surrenders and they get captured /==./ I really thought we were past this stuff. Can't we just get a smooth flow in the story without these little hiccups that spoil things?
  3080.  
  3081. End of Chapter 03 - Wildlife Park.
  3082.  
  3083.  
  3084. [AG] CHAPTER 04 - JAILBREAK
  3085. ===========================
  3086.  
  3087. We find Blue and Red in a cell, with their Pokemon taken...well, Blue has Blastoise to break them out. Our Pokemon are in the next room, thank goodness. Worst travel partner ever.
  3088.  
  3089. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1440
  3090. (Electrode x2 Lv40, Weezing (Orange) Lv40, Magneton Lv40)
  3091.  
  3092. He'll take care of the barricade ahead. There's another one, so take that path going right, past those slide panels. Another Grunt, with a barricade to the south from them.
  3093.  
  3094. Team Rocket Grunt (Muk Lv40, Raticate Lv40, Dodrio Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3095.  
  3096. He gets rid of the north barricarde. Go that way, finding a Grunt blocking a doorway. Gotta take her down to unlock the barricade to the south.
  3097.  
  3098. Team Rocket Grunt (Magneton Lv40, Electrode Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3099.  
  3100. What a waste of a battle, she doesn't have the means to take down the barricade. We have to hit the button in the control room and another button in Cissy's (another boss) room. Blue says she'll go for the control room while Red goes to Cissy's room (check on those Pokemon, Red, we don't want to get there and suddenly they aren't healed /==./). Of course Blue doesn't want to get wiped by Cissy.
  3101.  
  3102. A few minutes earlier.
  3103.  
  3104. Scene change, we see Jessie, James and Meowth with a new character - Cissy, who comments on Giovanni's plan. She's no longer taking orders from him anymore (there's ALWAYS someone higher). The Orange Archipelago branch has found a new boss and that means Jessie, James and Meowth have been absorbed into the new order! Congrats guys :D
  3105.  
  3106. Scene change, back to the aspiring Power Rangers, they're outside some big building. They tracked Team Rocket all this way-- that Porygon appears. Pink approaches it, Grey suddenly starts panicking and tells her to get away from it...!!
  3107.  
  3108. Back to Red. The doorway is open now. Cissy's room. Meet Cissy, one of the 4 leaders of Team Rocket (Orange Archipelago Remix). She doesn't think Red can beat her and asks him when was the last time he visited a PokeCenter (what did I say about those Pokemon, Red??). Boss battle ahead!
  3109.  
  3110. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  3111. ===============
  3112.  
  3113. Team Rocket Cissy Prize: P1620
  3114. (Policroak Lv45, Seaqueen Lv45, Lanturn Lv45, Kabutops Lv45, Flydra Lv45, Blastoise Lv45)
  3115.  
  3116. Another battle that doesn't matter even if you win it *sigh* before Cissy can throw some hands on Red, a Pikachu enters the room and its Trainer follows - Mr Ash Ketchum! Still aiming to be a Pokemon Master, ha! He has jokes, this guy :) one Thunder from Pikachu sends Cissy into the water. Red tells him to press the button. Scene change, to Blue in the control room. She presses the button there and finds something called the Infinite Rare Candy-- doesn't get to grab it, because Porygon appears. Yeah, just a normal, harmless Porygon...
  3117.  
  3118. End of Chapter 04 - Jailbreak.
  3119.  
  3120.  
  3121. [AH] CHAPTER 05 - MIKAN ISLAND GYM
  3122. ==================================
  3123.  
  3124. Red and Ash step out of the building where we last saw Pink, Brown and Grey. Ain't this an interesting moment, eh? Red remembers the Clefairy that we were supposed to return...but Ash tells him that Clefairy wasn't there and has probably been sent elsewhere. He didn't see Blue too...Red thinks maybe she's gone again. Ash introduces himself and Red tells him about teaming up with his mom to fight Team Rocket in Saffron. Ash is going to take part in the Orange Cup. He doesn't believe Red is the Kanto Champion, tells him the Champ is someone named Assunta (?). You haven't been around for a while chief. They'll meet each other in the Orange League.
  3125.  
  3126. Scene change, Cissy is okay. A new face shows up to check on her, shady looking guy in a suit. Despite what has happened, she still has a plan.
  3127.  
  3128. Back to Red. This Team Rocket building is somewhere on Route 2 (Orange Islands Version). This is the eastern section.
  3129.  
  3130. ROUTE 2 EAST (Orange Islands Version)
  3131. ............
  3132. Wild Grass: Orangean Weedle, Orangean Shuckle, Orangean Ekans, Orangean Bellsprout, Orangean Beedrill, Orangean Butterfree, Orangean Weepinbell, Orangean Vileplume.
  3133. Surfing: Seaking, Orangean Magikarp, Orangean Gyarados, Sunmola, Anchorage.
  3134. Fishing: Orangean Magikarp, Turban, Cloyster, Gastroper, Anchorage.
  3135.  
  3136. Trainers
  3137. ........
  3138.  
  3139. Lady Perry (Bellossom Lv44, Gauntrebel Lv44) Prize: P8800
  3140.  
  3141. Let's look around this big area. From the building entrance, surf north. Just a little to the right you'll see a Dive spot.
  3142.  
  3143. -(Underwater Spot)-
  3144. Wild Encounters: Slowpoke, Krabby, Kingler, Clamperl, Crawdaunt.
  3145.  
  3146. Trainers
  3147. ........
  3148.  
  3149. Swimmer Virginia Prize: P840
  3150. (Ninetales Lv42, Sarapi Lv42, Starmie Lv42)
  3151.  
  3152. Swimmer Jasmine Prize: P820
  3153. (Rapidash Lv41, Gyarados [Orange] Lv41, Policroak Lv41, Porygon2 Lv41)
  3154.  
  3155. You'll find Rare Candy in the bottom left area. Travel up the steps heading north and continue east, south...past Swimmer Jasmine to find other steps. To the left is a Focus Band. Down the steps, far south is a resurface spot. We appear outside a cave entrance. Interesting. That item you see is TM72 (Volt Switch). What's in this cave?
  3156.  
  3157. Inside, with all this haze about, Red notes this strange cave...and it looks like we've walked into a Bonus Chapter. Skip down to "Back to Red on Route 2, by the Dive spot" if you don't want to continue into it.
  3158.  
  3159. [XX32] BONUS CHAPTER - DOLLY
  3160. ============================
  3161.  
  3162. -(Dolly Cave 1F)-
  3163. Wild Encounters: Orangean Abra, Orangean Beldum, Mr. Mime, Mrs. Mime, Orangean Kadabra, Orangean Metang, Gengar.
  3164.  
  3165. Looking around this floor, you will find 4 notes. Starting with the one on the bottom left note going clockwise, here are the summaries:
  3166.  
  3167. 01 The writer, Dr Fuji, has decided to leave Team Rocket...Mewtwo escaped its cage and destroyed everything, he was the lone survivor. All the specimen died in the fire.
  3168.  
  3169. 02 The cave they built their lab in is hidden from outsiders due to a superstitious belief that it's haunted. They can work here on perfecting Mewtwo.
  3170.  
  3171. 03 The cloning was a success and for Dr Fuji, it was a major moment, having created life. Like a god he can take life away too and thanks to the cloning, can preserve a life forever.
  3172.  
  3173. 04 The Mewtwo clone was a success, but the minor clones have differences from the original host's DNA. Dr Fuji decided to use the DNA of a Pokemon that's widely available, Mareep. This will be called Project Dolly.
  3174.  
  3175. /^^!/ Not exactly in order but we can get the story of what happened. Incredible stuff. There's a ladder going down.
  3176.  
  3177. -(Dolly Cave B1F)-
  3178. Wild Encounters: Orangean Abra, Orangean Beldum, Mr. Mime, Mrs. Mime, Orangean Kadabra, Orangean Metang.
  3179.  
  3180. No haze down here, but after a few steps Red hears something. The battle condition that you experience when Sunny Day is used or the Ability "Drought" is activated exists while you're here. Walk a bit more and that something rushes past, going south. We find it - the Mareep clone Dolly! Red is surprised to see that it's still alive. Chase after it, until you have it cornered for a battle. Damn, Dolly is a 2-headed sight to behold. Level 50. Can be caught, so we can get it out of here. It is a Fairy/Unknown-type, with the "Static" Ability, knows Power Gem, Dazzle, Discharge and Cotton Guard. Don't use Escape Rope, just walk out - there's another note that's shown just before Red exits the cave: the Cave of Origin was a lab created by Team Rocket to house Mewtwo, only for Mewtwo to destroy everything. The Cave existed before Team Rocket, Dr Fuji and the writer arrived. It's believed to contain dark entities that haunt whoever enters. Entities based on the villagers' own superstitous belief. Something broke Mewtwo out of its cell and someone has been feeding the Mareep.
  3181.  
  3182. End of Bonus Chapter - Dolly.
  3183.  
  3184. Back to Red on Route 2, by the Dive spot. That item on the right is a Hyper Potion. There's no path going out to sea further north. But we do have the western side of Route 2 open (whirlpools block the path going west off this island).
  3185.  
  3186. ROUTE 2 WEST (Orange Islands Version)
  3187. ............
  3188. Wild Grass: Sunkern, Orangean Hoppip, Rattata, Dunsparce, Orangean Sunflora, Orangean Pidgey, Orangean Pidgeotto, Raticate, orangean Skiploom, Orangean Sunflora.
  3189. Surfing: Sunmola, Orangean Carvanha, Orangean Sharpedo, Anchorage, Skyray.
  3190. Fishing: Tentacruel, Gyarados, Corphish, Magikarp, Crawdaunt.
  3191.  
  3192. Trainers
  3193. ........
  3194.  
  3195. Swimmer Dani Prize: P840
  3196. (Koffing [Orange] Lv42, Weezing [Orange] Lv42, Magneton Lv42)
  3197.  
  3198. Scientist Douglas Prize: P2016
  3199. (Magneton Lv42, Gyarados [Orange] Lv42, Beedrill [Orange] Lv42, Alakazam [Orange] Lv42)
  3200.  
  3201. Just close to Swimmer Dani is a Max Repel. It's just continuing south from here. Remember where you battled Lady Perry? South of the Team Rocket building? From where you find Perry, go east, cross the stream, continue to find a Dream Orb. Following that stream down, to the southeast is the path leading to Kinkan Island...blocked by HIM. So we continue west then further south.
  3202.  
  3203. Camper Zeek (Gengar Lv50) Prize: P1000
  3204.  
  3205. You'll find a Destiny Knot floating in that water to the west, past Swimmer Dani. Reaching south of this island, you'll find a sign that tells us where we are:
  3206.  
  3207. [014] MIKAN ISLAND - "The Island of Peace & Beauty."
  3208. ==================
  3209.  
  3210. Places of Interest
  3211. ..................
  3212. - Pokemon Center
  3213. - PokeMart
  3214. - Pokemon Gym
  3215. - Takasugi's House
  3216.  
  3217. Pokemon to be found
  3218. ...................
  3219. Wild Encounters: Krabby, Corphish, Exeggcute, Grimer, Exeggutor, Kingler, Muk, Crawdaunt.
  3220. Surfing: Skyray, Mantine, Anchorage.
  3221. Fishing: Orangean Magikarp, Sunmola, Orangean Gyarados, Anchorage.
  3222.  
  3223. When Red walks into town, we get a look back at the beach where we see Brown...he still wants that sweet revenge-- Pink interrupts him. She's okay?! He thought she'd been killed. She tells him not to do anything rash. He asks about Grey, but doesn't get an answer.
  3224.  
  3225. As Red, go back to the beach and go east, past the Grunt blocking a cave entrance...that item near him is TM113 (Headbutt). Team Rocket has taken over the island and before you can continue north to reach the other section of town, there's a disturbance to the west, someone's about to lose their Pokemon.
  3226.  
  3227. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1584
  3228. (Pidgeot [Orange] Lv44, Rapidash Lv44, Golem Lv44)
  3229.  
  3230. The guy we've helped is named Almond. Someone else who also needs our help, the Mikan Gym Leader. Now we can carry on to the north part of town-- not yet /==./ a Grunt confronts us.
  3231.  
  3232. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1584
  3233. (Golem Lv44, Shuckle [Orange] Lv44, Beedrill [Orange] Lv44, Butterfreo Lv44)
  3234.  
  3235. That Grunt showed up as we were going up the steps, there's also that Grunt on the left.
  3236.  
  3237. Team Rocket Grunt (Machamp Lv44, Golem Lv44) Prize: P1584
  3238.  
  3239. Continue left then follow the path north, past another Grunt and a Kingler to get a Memory Sphere: Red Chapter - Feebas Evolution. /oO?/ Suddenly, Red's phone starts ringing...it's Mom and coincidentally she's bought a Sphere Player for Red. It's in his room /==./ while we're out here on a far away island, dealing with Team Rocket. Perfect timing, Mom haha /><!/ it could've been worse, like ANOTHER house guest. If you go east you'll find the PokeCenter and PokeMart, which is blocked.
  3240.  
  3241. Team Rocket Grunt (Arbok [Orange] Lv50) Prize: P1800
  3242.  
  3243. The item near this "first day on the job" Grunt is a Max Revive. Next stop, the Gym.
  3244.  
  3245. MIKAN ISLAND GYM
  3246. ................
  3247.  
  3248. Inside we're met by a giant scream, Red thinks that's probably the Gym Leader. And it's dark in here :/ make your way north, until Red hears another sound-- he's ambushed by a Level 50 Kingler! Take care of it and go on...until you're attacked by another Level 50 Kingler. Eventually you'll reach the doorway leading out of this room. The next area isn't dark. We find Almond - the real Gym Leader! He was testing us earlier, those Grunts outside are hired actors. Okay? Then he attempts to kill Red, ha. He's not the Gym Leader, no, but the woman who walks in is - Cissy! Aaand she kills Almond /==./ get ready for Round 2 with this woman...that goes for you too, Red!
  3249.  
  3250. >>GYM BATTLE<<
  3251. ==============
  3252.  
  3253. Leader Cissy Prize: P5000
  3254. (Policroak Lv50, Gyarados [Orange] Lv50, Seaqueen Lv50, Flydra Lv50, Lanturn Lv50, Blastoise Lv50)
  3255.  
  3256. We defeat Cissy, but being a sore loser, she decides to take us down with her-- there's a flash, we find ourselves in a different room, where we find Clefairy! It saved us! But here with us is Grey..? He's also here for the Orange Cup. He claims Red attacked him, or someone that looked like Red, and Cissy put him here. His Pokemon have been taken, so he'll travel with us to get out of here.
  3257.  
  3258. Team Rocket Grunt (Charizard Lv40, Kangaskhoo Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3259.  
  3260. Team Rocket Grunt (Lickylick Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3261.  
  3262. To the left of those Grunts is Protein. Then carry on to the right.
  3263.  
  3264. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1440
  3265. (Blossomite Lv40, Lapras [Orange] Lv40, Crobat Lv40)
  3266.  
  3267. South of the slide panels on the far right, is TM31 (Brick Break).
  3268.  
  3269. Team Rocket Grunt (Marowak Lv40, Jumpluff [Orange] Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3270.  
  3271. If you can get further south while sticking to the right, you'll get to the Hyper Potion that's near one of those flashing machines. Just have to weave past the Grunts you'll see on the way. Continuing to the left past the Grunt with the Marowak and Jumpluff, avoiding the holes in the floor, you'll get to a Choice Scarf. South from that item is another Grunt.
  3272.  
  3273. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1440
  3274. (Electrode x2 Lv40, Weezing [Orange] Lv40, Magneton Lv40)
  3275.  
  3276. Make your way back to the Maro/Jump Grunt then continue south.
  3277.  
  3278. Team Rocket Grunt (Magneton Lv40, Electrode Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3279.  
  3280. Team Rocket Grunt (Muk Lv40, Raticate Lv40, Dodrio Lv40) Prize: P1440
  3281.  
  3282. There's one curious Grunt who doesn't battle you, he's got the "???" identifying him and he asks who we are, since we're not Team Rocket.
  3283.  
  3284. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1584
  3285. (Golem Lv44, Beedrill [Orange] Lv44, Butterfreo Lv44, Shuckle [Orange] Lv44)
  3286.  
  3287. Past this Grunt, you'll find a Max Repel. In the room where you'll find a big desk, south from the "???" Grunt, you find a Hyper Potion on that desk.
  3288.  
  3289. Team Rocket Grunt (Arbok [Orange] Lv50) Prize: P1800
  3290.  
  3291. Leave the room and go left then south, seeing as this is the path that's remaining now.
  3292.  
  3293. Team Rocket Grunt (Machamp Lv44, Golem Lv44) Prize: P1584
  3294.  
  3295. You'll see the exit in the bottom left corner.
  3296.  
  3297. Team Rocket Grunt
  3298. (Pidgeot [Orange] Lv44, Rapidash Lv44, Golem Lv44) Prize: P1584
  3299.  
  3300. Before we can leave this joint, a Grunt stops us...she's the one who took Grey's Pokemon. She won't tell us where they are.
  3301.  
  3302. Team Rocket Grunt (Machamp Lv44, Golem Lv44) Prize: P1584
  3303.  
  3304. Turns out she was told to sell them on the black market! A market where Pokemon are sold for consumption...damn :/ Grey flips out and straight up commits murder?! Really dude?? /==./ the unnecessary violence in this game...
  3305.  
  3306. We exit through that cave opening on the beach outside Mikan town. Grey doesn't believe that Grunt and he plans to search for his Pokemon. Red offers to help, but Grey would rather work alone. He knows about the Clefairy, reveals that him and his pals had been following Red. He also knows about the whirlpools, we'll need...no, don't you dare say it, I thought we were done-- HM02 (Whirlpool), which he had but lost when he was attacked..../==./ for crying out loud. *sigh* He managed to snatch the Coral Badge from Cissy (if only it could let us move over whirlpools!) and gives it to Red. Another Badge...boy I really hope this isn't for nothing again like back in Kanto. Red leaves, and we see Pink and Brown, glad to see Grey is alive-- the Red lookalike shows up with Porygon to confront Grey. Another death. Brown only believes what he sees, that it's Red who has killed Grey. Pink isn't so sure and tries to calm him down, but Brown will not be stopped...he's going solo.
  3307.  
  3308. End of Chapter 05 - Mikan Island Gym.
  3309.  
  3310. Red is in the PokeCenter. We step out and people are out on the streets now. The PokeMart is open too:
  3311.  
  3312. MIKAN ISLAND POKEMART
  3313. .....................
  3314. Poke Ball - P200
  3315. Great Ball - P600
  3316. Ultra Ball - P1200
  3317. Net Ball - P1000
  3318. Dive Ball - P1000
  3319. Repeat Ball - P1000
  3320. Timer Ball - P1000
  3321. Luxury Ball - P1000
  3322. Premier Ball - P200
  3323. Hyper Potion - P1200
  3324. Max Potion - P2500
  3325. Full Restore - P3000
  3326. Full Heal - P600
  3327. Max Ether - P2000
  3328. Max Elixir - P4500
  3329. Max Revive - P4000
  3330. Max Repel - P700
  3331. X Attack - P500
  3332. X Defend - P550
  3333. X Speed - P350
  3334. X Special - P350
  3335. X Accuracy - P950
  3336. Guard Spec. - P700
  3337. Dire Hit - P650
  3338. HP Up - P9800
  3339. Protein - P9800
  3340. Iron - P9800
  3341. Carbos - P9800
  3342. Calcium - P9800
  3343. PP Up - P9800
  3344. Zinc - P9800
  3345. PP Max - P9800
  3346. Poke Doll - P1000
  3347.  
  3348. Fresh Water - P200
  3349. Soda Pop - P300
  3350. Lemonade - P350
  3351. Moomoo Milk - P500
  3352.  
  3353. One of the houses to the southwest from the PokeMart, we'll find Takasugi (for those who chose to start the Voodoo Bonus Chapter back on Valencia Island). If you chose not to do it, Skip no Jutsu! Takasugi believes he gave Sougo a great gift, unaware of what has happened. Red makes a note to update Sougo's dad.
  3354.  
  3355. Leave town. We find out that there's yet another HM we need, and no clue about anyone else who has it. The only paths open now are the one leading to Kinkan Island, assuming Martha has gone, and a path heading southwest back to Route 1. Correction, only one path is open...I just tried out that Route 1 path, it's still blocked by those Anchorage. So I guess onwards to Kinkan Island.
  3356.  
  3357. Swimmer Ursula (Octillery [Orange] Lv44, Octillery Lv44) Prize: P880
  3358.  
  3359. Fortunately Martha is gone. Carry on, which takes us onto Route 3.
  3360.  
  3361. ROUTE 3 (Orange Islands Dub)
  3362. .......
  3363. Wild Grass: Orangean Paras, Rattata, Orangean Weedle, Orangean Pidgey, Orangean Beedrill, Orangean Parasect, Raticate, Orangean Pidgeotto.
  3364. Surfing: Seaqueen, Laketle, Goldeen, Seaking.
  3365. Fishing: Skyray, Seaqueen, Laketle, Seaking, Orangean Magikarp.
  3366.  
  3367. Ranger Lola (Flaaffy Lv45, Steelix Lv45) Prize: P180
  3368.  
  3369. South, past Ranger Lola you'll find a Max Revive.
  3370.  
  3371. Nerd Shulk (Ditto Lv44, Kabiin Lv44, Buhi Lv44) Prize: P704
  3372.  
  3373. Floating in the water to the east of Nerd Shulk is a Choice Band.
  3374.  
  3375. Swimmer Lori (Exeggcute Lv46, Exeggutor Lv46) Prize: P920
  3376.  
  3377. TM26 (Earthquake) is on the small island near Swimmer Lori. Continue east and enter the gatehouse.
  3378.  
  3379. Meanwhile...
  3380.  
  3381. Scene change, to Jessie, James and Meowth in some Team Rocket building. Planning their next move after what has happened involving them and Cissy. James proposes they play double agents and take down the Orange Archipelago branch-- time to get back to work! There's another Grunt with them and a machine linked to a Drowzee.
  3382.  
  3383. [AI] CHAPTER 06 - DROWSING DROWZEE
  3384. ==================================
  3385.  
  3386. Back to Red. Exit the gate, Red sees a Charizard...then Green, ha!Charizard won't go back into its Poke Ball. Green says it has been acting strange since it came out of its Poke Ball, same for his Scyther and Ninetales. Green can't get near Charizard, same for Red. He offers to help Green, but as usual Green works alone...Red will never learn /==./ he wonders if someone here might be able to help.
  3387.  
  3388. [015] KINKAN ISLAND - "The Island Surrounded with The Salty Sea Air."
  3389. ===================
  3390.  
  3391. Places of Interest
  3392. ..................
  3393. - Pokemon Center
  3394. - PokeMart
  3395. - Kinkan Island Police Station
  3396.  
  3397. KINKAN ISLAND POKEMART
  3398. ......................
  3399. Poke Ball - P200
  3400. Great Ball - P600
  3401. Ultra Ball - P1200
  3402. Net Ball - P1000
  3403. Dive Ball - P1000
  3404. Repeat Ball - P1000
  3405. Timer Ball - P1000
  3406. Luxury Ball - P1000
  3407. Premier Ball - P200
  3408. Hyper Potion - P1200
  3409. Max Potion - P2500
  3410. Full Restore - P3000
  3411. Full Heal - P600
  3412. Max Ether - P2000
  3413. Max Elixir - P4500
  3414. Max Revive - P4000
  3415. Max Repel - P700
  3416. X Attack - P500
  3417. X Defend - P550
  3418. X Speed - P350
  3419. X Special - P350
  3420. X Accuracy - P950
  3421. Guard Spec. - P700
  3422. Dire Hit - P650
  3423. HP Up - P9800
  3424. Protein - P9800
  3425. Iron - P9800
  3426. Carbos - P9800
  3427. Calcium - P9800
  3428. PP Up - P9800
  3429. Zinc - P9800
  3430. PP Max - P9800
  3431. Poke Doll - P1000
  3432.  
  3433. Fresh Water - P200
  3434. Soda Pop - P300
  3435. Lemonade - P350
  3436. Moomoo Milk - P500
  3437.  
  3438. Pokemon to be found
  3439. ...................
  3440. Wild Encounters: Sarapi, Shroomish, Orangean Pidgey, Krabby, Kingler, Breloom, Orangean Pidgeotto.
  3441. Surfing: Gyarados, Orangean Gyarados, Lapras, Orangean Carvanha, Orangean Sharpedo.
  3442. Fishing: Magikarp, Orangean Magikarp, Laketle, Seadra.
  3443.  
  3444. You find out from some of the residents that other Pokemon here have been acting strangely too, attacking their Trainers. Professor Ivy used to live here but people chased her off and her old lab is now abandoned. No entrance into it. Enter the Police Station and speak to Officer Jenny on the right. While she's explaining what has been going on, a Gastly appears...no biggie, it's hers and hasn't been affected like other Pokemon. In comes Green to let us know that it's because Gastly is a Ghost-type. Through his investigations he suspects that someone is controlling people's Pokemon, with the help of a strong Psychic-type Pokemon. You bet Red offers to help Green, same results. The world could disappear tomorrow and Green's still going to be a scumbag *sigh* leave the Station. Continue to the south, you'll see a couple of Sailors...one of them, Zuko, is missing his Vaporeon because of this problem. Floating further south from them is Mystic Water.
  3445.  
  3446. Back into town, then exit to the east. To the southeast of this beachyou'll find an Ultra Ball. Surfing south leads to Route 4...going north leads to Route 5. Along that path going north, you'll find TM115 (Snore). Return to Kinkan and travel north along the beach, to find an area behind the PokeCenter...leading to a door in a mountain. Red finds that the door is locked and is immediately ambushed by Jessie and James! The control center responsible for this mess with the Pokemon is behind that door. Red is ready to fight them, but they're not here to fight...they want to help..? The common enemy is this Team Rocket Orange, they've taken Meowth. Red doesn't trust these 2. He has to speak with Officer Jenny. Jessie and James come along.
  3447.  
  3448. At the Station, Officer Jenny isn't sure they should work with J&J. James tells her that the Pokemon that need to be rescued are being kept in a secret hideout and only Team Rocket members have access. Despite Red having made some progress in this case, it's not enough for Green. Honestly, he seems to be turning into Sasuke (shout out to Naruto!) more and more with each conversation we have with him...you'd think he'd be a better character now than he was before the Indigo League Championship, but it's like he had a massive reset and we're dealing with a worse version of Green from early in the game /==./ come on. Don't get me started on Blue haha.
  3449.  
  3450. Leave the Station and return to the hideout door. Inside, Officer Jenny notes how conveniently empty it appears to be. Hmm. Just in the room ahead you'll find TM110 (Rage) before taking those stairs down. The first of a couple of sets of stairs, until you reach a room where you'll get a Max Revive. The path leads to a doorway to the south.
  3451.  
  3452. We enter the final room. Green has had enough and calls BS on this "help" that Jessie and James have offered. Red stops him, still thinking J&J are really helping...until it turns out that Green's BS detector was spot on! Some Pokemon appear, another Grunt and that Drowzee we saw earlier also. J&J do what they do best - run away, leaving us to deal with all this. Officer Jenny has a neat idea, she tells Gastly to protect Red's Pokemon, which lets us get down to business. We have to battle the 4 Pokemon that appeared: Scyther (Lv59), Charizard (Lv59), Ninetales (Lv59) and Electabuzz (Lv59). Once they're out of the way, that leaves the Grunt and Drowzee.
  3453.  
  3454. Team Rocket Grunt (Drowzee Lv60) Prize: P2160
  3455.  
  3456. With Drowzee defeated, Green gets his Pokemon back safe and sound. He makes up with Red...let this be the turning point for Green, no more typical Rival nonsense please. Time to escape, but there are Grunts on the way out now so be ready.
  3457.  
  3458. Team Rocket Grunt (Gorebyss [Orange] Lv50) Prize: P1800
  3459.  
  3460. Team Rocket Grunt (Omastar Lv50, Laketle Lv50) Prize: P1800
  3461.  
  3462. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1800
  3463. (Ledian Lv47, Pidgeot G Lv50, Steelix Lv50)
  3464.  
  3465. Team Rocket Grunt Prize: P1728
  3466. (Hitmontop Lv48, Hitmonchan Lv48, Hitmonyan (?) Lv48, Hitmonlee Lv48)
  3467.  
  3468. We make it outside, Officer Jenny tells us to return to the Station and get backup...but that Grunt with the Drowzee steps out to pick up where we left off. Gastly is defeated. Green sends out Charizard, but Drowzee neutralises it. Red wants to send out one of his Pokemon, but Green warns him-- Ash shows up! Pikachu isn't affected by Drowzee's powers and puts it down. Case closed!
  3469.  
  3470. Back at the Station, Officer Jenny and the citizens thank Red for saving everyone (Green and Ash, gone). What we get as a gift for our efforts is HM-- no, another Master Ball :/ useful item any other time. Clefairy pops up, which reminds Red that he still has to return it. Officer Jenny is aware of the whirlpools to the west...and rather than having a spare HM to help us out instead of another Master Ball, she tells us about a friend of hers named Shiva, on another island, who'll help us out (probably with some strings attached haha this IS an RPG after all). That place is Pinkan Island, which is north from here. While that's going on, there's Brown watching from close by. I'd forgotten about him, maybe he has a spare HM02...maybe not. Well, off we go then.
  3471.  
  3472. End of Chapter 06 - Drowsing Drowzee.
  3473.  
  3474. Interesting, one of those 2 Sailors mentions having seen a Crystal Onix in the caves on Sunburst Island. Noted. When you're ready, leave town. Surf north, entering Route 5.
  3475.  
  3476. ROUTE 5 (Orange Islands Dub)
  3477. .......
  3478. Wild Grass: Ledyba, Gloom, Hoothoot, Volbeat, Illumise, Orangean Butterfree, Orangean Vileplume.
  3479. Surfing: Seadra, Anchorage, Horsea, Laketle.
  3480. Fishing: Magikarp, Tentacool, Tentacruel, Skyray.
  3481.  
  3482. Trainers
  3483. ........
  3484.  
  3485. Ranger Cameron (Delibird B Lv50, Tauros Lv50, Muk Lv50) Prize: P200
  3486.  
  3487. Swimmer Tyron (Flygon Lv50, Dragonite Lv50) Prize: P1000
  3488.  
  3489. We meet Pink here. She wants to warn us, but Red's more concerned with getting to Pinkan Island and doesn't hear that...he asks her if she wants to tag along and she does. Northwest from there you'll find a Full Heal. Continue north, coming across a sign that says Kiyomi Island is west from here. Noted, we'll have a look on our way back from Pinkan. Also, just close to that sign, hidden by the tree, is TM114 (Curse).
  3490.  
  3491. [016] PINKAN ISLAND - "The Island of Pink Pokemon."
  3492. ====================
  3493.  
  3494. Pokemon to be found
  3495. ...................
  3496. Wild Grass: Pink Paras, Pink Rattata, Pink Diglett, Pink Bellsprout, Pink Oddish, Pink Mankey, Pink Butterfree, Pink Nidoking, Pink Exeggutor, Pink Dodrio.
  3497. Surfing: Seaqueen, Orangean Huntail, Luvdisc, Gorebyss.
  3498. Fishing: Luvdisc, Seaqueen, Orangean Huntail.
  3499.  
  3500. Just to the northwest, you'll find TM116 (Icy Wind). Continue north, where a woman is facing a pink Rhyhorn! It gets scared and runs away, spoiling this woman's observation...so she wants us to find it for her.
  3501.  
  3502.  
  3503. [AJ] CHAPTER 07 - PINK RHYHORN
  3504. ==============================
  3505.  
  3506. Make your way to the Slowpoke to the north. Pink thinks it's cute, only for it to run away! Near those steps is Black Sludge. Follow that path to the Pink Rhyhorn. Pink tries to calm it down, but it's not in the mood. Battle time! It's at Level 50. After the battle, Red checks on Pink to make sure she's not hurt, she's okay. Doesn't take long for that woman to show up, not happy to see that we had to defeat it in battle. Pink asks why the Rhyhorn is pink...the woman explains that the island is full of berries called Pinkan berries, that alter a Pokemon's colour pigment. Pink sends the woman away and now that she can talk to Red, she gives the warning that she wanted to give earlier. She explains everything involving Grey's death and Brown thinking it was Red who killed him. Pink says she'll find Brown and talk him out of this. Scene change, to that woman. Her name is Tesla and that man who was seen talking to Cissy appears, asking about the Pink Rhyhorn...but it's just a regular Rhyhorn. Turns out Tesla is part of the Pokemon Association!
  3507.  
  3508. End of Chapter 07 - Pink Rhyhorn.
  3509.  
  3510. Clefairy comes out, to remind us that we don't have HM02. Red hears someone laughing, he calls them out, it turns out to be the woman we're looking for, Shiva! She's aware of our situation and then we find out that she doesn't have a spare HM02, no, wait for it...she's a cousin of Ramuh the Teleporter! Yeah, it was a little strange that he hasn't been on these islands, but problem solved...we get a sequel to Remuh (or spin-off?). Great /==./ no means to get through the whirlpools...Pokemon can learn Fly but it doesn't work outside of battles. What is going on here? Shiva tells us meet her back on Kinkan Island, before suddenly teleporting away! You couldn't just teleport us back there from here?? *sigh* This teleport mechanic in this game would've been a great idea if you could teleport from anywhere, like Fly...but here we are, again, far away from town and we can't get back to a previous place in an instant. The person who could do that with us has just teleported away. Anyway, shall we have a look at Kiyomi Island?
  3511.  
  3512. Surf back to that sign about Kiyomi Island and head west. We don't get very far before meeting a guy named Mohamed. He's looking at the trails left behind by a Pokemon named Tripstar. He wants photographic evidence for his book, nobody else has any evidence of seeing one or catching one. Rumour has it that Tripstar is a Bug-type, with stars on its back...different stars having different meaning. Apparently if you see a 7-Star Tripstar, that's bad luck...but a 3-Star Tripstar means good fortune. What luck, we've stumbled into a Bonus Chapter. Skip down to "Back to Red, Route 5" if you don't want to do this.
  3513.  
  3514. [XX33] BONUS CHAPTER - LUCKY STARS
  3515. ==================================
  3516.  
  3517. We're still on Route 5, but western side:
  3518.  
  3519. Pokemon to be found
  3520. ...................
  3521. Wild Grass: Ledyba, Hoothoot, Volbeat, Illumise, Ledian.
  3522. Surfing: Psyduck, Golduck, Goldeen, Seaking.
  3523. Fishing: Psyduck, Orangean Remoraid, Goldeen, Orangean Octillery, Seaking.
  3524.  
  3525. As you go on west, you'll see a Pokemon sprite to the south. It looks like a black Ledyba or Ledian...or could it be a Tripstar? Make your way to it. Yes it is! It's at Level 50 and surprise, surprise it has 3 stars. Surprise, surprise it can't be caught. After the battle, Tripstar disappears (another teleporter, ha). Mohamed shows up and Red tells him what happened. We can't give up. Make your way back to where we first met Mohamed-- suddenly, a Tauros appears. Mohamed finds it strange that a Tauros is here. It attacks, but goes through him! He reappears with a Drowzee to dispel what turns out to be an illusion created by Tripstar. That explains how it's been able to avoid human contact. It takes off again, going east. Northeast from the sign, past Ranger Cameron, you'll see Tripstar, ready for Round 2. This one is Level 40, but can be caught. Excellent, we get a new Pokemon and helped out Mohamed with his mission. He says he'll send us a copy when it's ready.
  3526.  
  3527. End of Bonus Chapter - Lucky Stars.
  3528.  
  3529. Tripstar is a Bug/Psychic-type, with the "Serene Grace" Ability, knowing Psychic, Silver Wind, Psych Up and Agility.
  3530.  
  3531. Back to Red, Route 5. Travel back to Kinkan Island. As promised, there's Shiva outside the PokeMart. This gives us a chance to sort out a few things. First, let's (finally) return Clefairy.
  3532.  
  3533. For bringing back his Pokemon, Okami rewards us with a Key Item, Shark Repel. That'll take care of the Anchorage blocking that path west from Mikan Island.
  3534.  
  3535. [XX31] BONUS CHAPTER - VOODOO (solution)
  3536. =============================
  3537.  
  3538. If you went ahead with the Voodoo Bonus Chapter, return to Valencia Island and speak to Sougo's dad to update him on what Sougo's uncle said. Naturally, Tsukuyo/mom is upset and Kondo doesn't want to do anything drastic. Back to Mikan Island to let uncle know. He gave Sougo a Pikachu plushie, not that Voodoll... this is where he finds out about Sougo. Aaand out he goes. Back to Valencia. Go upstairs to the bedroom and interact with the drawer on the left side of the bed. Red will find the Pikachu doll...but he also finds a lot of needles /oO?/ there's noise downstairs, Uncle Takasugi has arrived. Get down there. Who do we blame? Tsukuyo! Why? Takasugi believes she did it to get rid of him since she doesn't like him very much. She denies it. Red mentions that the doll was found in the drawer on the left...she says she sleeps on the right...oh. Kondo speaks, saying he found it strange that his looks like Takasugi. Turns out Tsukuyo and Takasugi dated before she met Kondo (so help me, another filler Bonus Chapter?? We were doing so well /==./). I'll just skip the drama and get to the battle we have against Kondo, who won't wake up Sougo.
  3539.  
  3540. >>BOSS (?) BATTLE<<
  3541. =================
  3542.  
  3543. Parent Kondo Prize: P1056
  3544. (Policroak Lv44, Pangpire Lv44, Banette Lv44, Cloyster Lv44)
  3545.  
  3546. He says he doesn't know how to wake him up. The police are called. What more can be said, eh?
  3547.  
  3548. End of Bonus Chapter - Voodoo.
  3549.  
  3550. Going south from Kinkan Island takes us to Route 4...which leads to Sunburst Island, where we heard about a Crystal Onix being in a cave there. Shall we?
  3551.  
  3552. ROUTE 4 (Orange Islands Mix)
  3553. .......
  3554. Wild Grass: Phanpy, Mareep, Pinsir, Tauros, Donphan, Flaaffy, Miltank.
  3555. Surfing: Sunmola, Skyray, Tentacruel, Anchorage.
  3556. Fishing: Magikarp, Orangean Magikarp, Orangean Gyarados, Tentacruel.
  3557.  
  3558. Trainers
  3559. ........
  3560.  
  3561. Ranger Ali (Sharpedo Lv50, Camerupt Lv50) Prize: P200
  3562.  
  3563. Hiker Connor Prize: P1728
  3564. (Victreebel [Orange] Lv48, Arbok Lv48, Rapidash [Orange] Lv48)
  3565.  
  3566. A few steps south from Hiker Conner, you'll find Fresh Water...then a Link Stone. Here we are, Sunburst Island.
  3567.  
  3568. SUNBURST ISLAND
  3569. ...............
  3570. Wild Grass: Phanpy, Mareep, Tauros, Lickitung, Slowpoke, Slowbro, Flaaffy, Miltan.
  3571. Surfing: Tentacool, Goldeen, Skyray, Seaqueen, Tentacruel.
  3572. Fishing: Psyduck, Golduck, Seaqueen, Skyray.
  3573.  
  3574. You'll see the cave right away. To the left you'll find an Assault Vest. South from that is the cave entrance.
  3575.  
  3576. CRYSTAL ONIX CAVE
  3577. .................
  3578. Wild Encounters: Seel, Orangean Ponyta, Jynx, Orangean Delibird, Beta Delibird, Orangean Rapidash, Dewgong.
  3579.  
  3580. Trainers
  3581. ........
  3582.  
  3583. Elder Gundam (style?) Prize: P3000
  3584. (Muk [Orange] Lv48, Delibird [Orange] Lv50)
  3585.  
  3586. Icy floor! We got 3 ladders here, the northeast one goes up, the other ladders go down. There's an item in the north area of this floor, X Attack. It is that ladder to the north, to the left from that item, which I entered first.
  3587.  
  3588. Trainers
  3589. ........
  3590.  
  3591. Harpie Elsa Prize: P720
  3592. (Weezing [Orange] Lv45, Arbok Lv45, Muk [Orange] Lv45, Lickylick Lv45, Seaqueen Lv45)
  3593.  
  3594. Simple area, the ladder you'll get to will lead back to the main floor, the ladder in the middle of the room. The item near it is an Ice Stone. That leaves the ladder to the northeast.
  3595.  
  3596. In this new area, we find a shady guy who reports that he's located the Crystal Onix. Don't follow him just yet, go to the left...all the way down to a Region Orb. Now follow after that guy. You'll reach a body of water going south...at the end of which we will find the Crystal Onix! It is at Level 50 and can be caught.
  3597.  
  3598. That shady guy reports that Onix has been caught...he leaves. Crystal Onix is Ice/Ground-type, has the "Snow Warning" Ability (the only downside about this cool Pokemon) and knows Blizzard, Double-Edge, Dig and Stone Edge. Done and done, let's get out of here.
  3599.  
  3600. Once we're outside again, let's think for a moment about what's next. We have that Shark Repel, which will send away the Anchorage blocking the west path from Mikan Island...the Anchorage blocking the east path to Sunburst Island from the island on Route 1, northwest from Valencia Island and the Anchorage blocking a path going south from that same island on Route 1. I started with Mikan Island...that path just leads back to the Route 1 island lol. So south we go. This takes us to Route 6.
  3601.  
  3602. ROUTE 6 (Orange Islands Version)
  3603. .......
  3604. Wild Encounters: Krabby, Corphish, Orangean Shuckle, Exeggcute, Orangean Dwebble, Orangean Arbok, Exeggutor, Kingler, Crawdaunt.
  3605. Surfing: Orangean Carvanha, Orangean Lapras, Orangean Sharpedo, Relicanth.
  3606. Fishing: Sunmola, Orangean Magikarp, Magikarp, Orangean Gyarados.
  3607.  
  3608. Trainers
  3609. ........
  3610.  
  3611. Swimmer Shawn Prize: P1000
  3612. (Lanturn Lv50, Gyarados Lv50, Pidgeot [Orange] Lv50)
  3613.  
  3614. Swimmer Randall (Arbok [Orange] Lv50) Prize: P1000
  3615.  
  3616. Just to the southeast when you arrive here, you'll find a Leaf Stone floating in the water. You can see the whirlpools around this area, serving as a nice reminder :/. Continue south to an island where we find a sign: to the east is Citron Island and further south is Kinnow Island. From what I've read, Kinnow Island is where this Beta ends, which is somewhat bitter sweet. We'll save those goodbyes for later, damnit :) let's head over to Citron Island first. Before you head east, go south while on this island, to find TM66 (Payback).
  3617.  
  3618. Swimmer Luca (Victreebel Lv50) Prize: P1000
  3619.  
  3620. [017] CITRON ISLAND - "The Island of the Red Moon."
  3621. ===================
  3622.  
  3623. As soon as we get here, we can see there's already someone else - Green. Red asks him what he's doing here...Green says Professor Oak told him about this island. Kabuto fossils are coming off the walls and people have been flocking here. Professor Oak wants Green to collect fossil data. He goes on ahead. Another familiar face has also arrived on the island - Brown.
  3624.  
  3625. [AK] CHAPTER 08 - RED MOON
  3626. ==========================
  3627.  
  3628. Inside the cave we find people who are looking at the fossils. Nurse Joy and Ribbita the reporter are here too. According to some research, the oil coated on the Kabuto fossils promotes good health and possibly immortality! This surprises Red and company, Ribbita ends the report. Strange. We'll find Green in the bottom right area...with that reporter Carly, ha. She's just a big fan, despite Green not being interested. She asks if they've heard of the prophecy, concerning the moon turning "an angry red" and the land will vanish and be swallowed by the sea /Oo?/ aaand Green makes her cry and run away. We've seen Red's record with the ladies...but Green though *sigh* Sasuke through and through /==./ follow him outside.
  3629.  
  3630. He says he hasn't had luck finding any fossils...the ones in the walls are too delicate to remove. Red mentions that the Orange Cup is happening in 2 months. Green decides he'll just report what has happened to Professor Oak and leaves. Just after, there's an earthquake. Someone has fallen through a hole in the cave - Green!
  3631.  
  3632. Now, there are 2 paths going down...the hole that Green fell through and a ladder going down. Hold on Greeny, we'll be right back! (You can skip down to Citron Island Cave (B2F) if you want to go after Green right away).
  3633.  
  3634. -CITRON ISLAND CAVE (B1F)-
  3635. Wild Encounters: Slugma, Sarapi, Zubat, Tail, Magcargo, Golbat.
  3636.  
  3637. Trainers
  3638. ........
  3639.  
  3640. Scientist Edward Prize: P2400
  3641. (Arbok3 Lv50, Arbok2 Lv50, Arbok4 Lv50, Arobk5 Lv50, Arbok7 Lv50)
  3642.  
  3643. Scientist Kayden (Feraligatr Lv53, Muk Lv53) Prize: P2544
  3644.  
  3645. Scientist Gregory Prize: P2400
  3646. (Weezing [Orange] Lv50, Chansey Lv50, Chansey Nu Lv50, Miltank Lv50)
  3647.  
  3648. South from Edward is a Sun Stone. South from Gregory is a Moon Stone. Okay, done!
  3649.  
  3650. -CITRON ISLAND CAVE (B2F)-
  3651. Wild Encounters: Kabuto, Omanyte, Lileep, Anorith.
  3652.  
  3653. You'll reach a point where Red is attacked by some Kabuto which break off from a wall near him. Level 50. After sending them away, Red notes that the fossils are coming back to life. Make your way south-- a Starmie attacks him from behind...and here comes Brown. Red's knocked out.
  3654.  
  3655. When he wakes up, Brown has him cornered. Red denies killing Grey, having no idea about this imposter Red that did...but Brown ain't buying it. He has Red's Poke Balls and Red can't get to them. Before Brown can exact his revenge, guess who saves us once again? 3rd time now? Ash...and it looks like he didn't come alone /==./ I know that girl, even from the back! Red gets his Poke Balls back, so we can put this dude out!
  3656.  
  3657. >>BOSS BATTLE<<
  3658. ===============
  3659.  
  3660. Trainer Brown Prize: P4400
  3661. (Stunpuff E Lv55, Alakazam [Orange] Lv55, Starmie Lv55, Magcargo Lv55, Tangelor Lv55, Alakazam Lv55)
  3662.  
  3663. Yup, Blue, and the first thing out of her mouth is asking if they should kill Brown *face palm x9000* still, Brown won't change even after Red tells him again that he didn't kill Grey. He leaves with a warning for Red. Red's thankful for being saved...he asks how Ash and Blue know each other-- Green, off-screen, tells Charizard use Fire Spin...Blue suddenly starts freaking out and runs away (?). Ash also goes crazy and flees too. Huh? We can move now, we're back near the point where those Kabuto attacked Red. Make your way east then south, follow the path until you reach a cave entrance. Inside we find Green and Charizard, facing Porygon, surrounding it with fire. Blue sends out Blastoise to put out the fire, much to Green's dismay. Porygon escapes. Green says it attacked him but he'd managed to handle it himself. Even though Blue says she was trying to help, and Red defends her (he's clearly forgotten all the trouble this girl has got him into during this game lol) it's not enough for Green. Everyone leaves. Continue south to the exit.
  3664.  
  3665. Outside we'll find everyone. Green doesn't buy that Blue was trying to help. Go up the steps, and it is up there that we see a red moon! Green notices that the ground is shaking...he makes a call to Professor Oak, telling him that he's on Citron Island. Oak tells him to get off the island. We find out that the island is coming to life, since it is formed by Kabuto fossils. Things fall apart...then we switch to Brown, who's upset about failing to get Red. He's soon joined by Tesla, who's been doing what she does best - observing.
  3666.  
  3667. Scene change, back to Red. He's on a small island with Green. It wasn't a dream, Citron Island is gone. Ash and Blue have left. So the prophecy came true...but who cares, there's the Orange Cup to be won! /==./ seriously, an entire island is gone but these 2 just reset and it's back to being rivals aiming not to lose. Talk about an anticlimax.
  3668.  
  3669. End of Chapter 08 - Red Moon.
  3670.  
  3671. We're back on Route 6. Next stop, the final stop for now, Kinnow Island.
  3672.  
  3673. Trainers
  3674. ........
  3675.  
  3676. Swimmer Ronald (Scizor Lv52) Prize: P1040
  3677.  
  3678. Going south, you'll find TM65 (Shadow Claw) floating by.
  3679.  
  3680. Swimmer Phoebe (Exeggutor Lv55, Hypno Lv55) Prize: P1100
  3681.  
  3682. Just to the left from Phoebe is some Berry Juice.
  3683.  
  3684. Swimmer Edgar (Xatu Lv50, Cloyster Lv50) Prize: P1000
  3685.  
  3686. Swimmer Natalie (Arcanine Lv52, Lumirage Lv52) Prize: P1040
  3687.  
  3688. [018] KINNOW ISLAND - "The Island of Entertainmen."
  3689. ===================
  3690.  
  3691. Places of Interest
  3692. ..................
  3693. - Pokemon Center
  3694. - PokeMart
  3695. - Daycare
  3696. - Kinnow Island Restaurant
  3697.  
  3698. KINNOW ISLAND POKEMART
  3699. ......................
  3700. Poke Ball - P200
  3701. Great Ball - P600
  3702. Ultra Ball - P1200
  3703. Net Ball - P1000
  3704. Dive Ball - P1000
  3705. Repeat Ball - P1000
  3706. Timer Ball - P1000
  3707. Luxury Ball - P1000
  3708. Premier Ball - P200
  3709. Hyper Potion - P1200
  3710. Max Potion - P2500
  3711. Full Restore - P3000
  3712. Full Heal - P600
  3713. Max Ether - P2000
  3714. Max Elixir - P4500
  3715. Max Revive - P4000
  3716. Max Repel - P700
  3717. X Attack - P500
  3718. X Defend - P550
  3719. X Speed - P350
  3720. X Special - P350
  3721. X Accuracy - P950
  3722. Guard Spec. - P700
  3723. Dire Hit - P650
  3724. HP Up - P9800
  3725. Protein - P9800
  3726. Iron - P9800
  3727. Carbos - P9800
  3728. Calcium - P9800
  3729. PP Up - P9800
  3730. Zinc - P9800
  3731. PP Max - P9800
  3732. Poke Doll - P1000
  3733.  
  3734. Fresh Water - P200
  3735. Soda Pop - P300
  3736. Lemonade - P350
  3737. Moomoo Milk - P500
  3738.  
  3739. Pokemon to be found
  3740. ...................
  3741. Wild Encounters: Orangean Hoppip, Hoothoot, Lickitung, Tail, Tangela, Orangean Skiploom, Kanghaskhan, Nightstrix.
  3742. Surfing: Orangean Carvanha, Mantine, Skyray, Anchorage.
  3743. Fishing: Orangean Carvanha, Orangean Magikarp, Orangean Gyarados.
  3744.  
  3745. Here we are, Kinnow Island :) there's a show going on to the west of town. Try surfing west, can't go further. Try surfing east, can't go further. There's a ship to the south, but Martha's there. Yup, end of the line for sure. In the PokeCenter, speak to the woman to get a Life Orb. There's the Kinnow Island Restaurant, enjoy a meal and a battle too. Good combo!
  3746.  
  3747. Hiker Vincent Prize: P1872
  3748. (Aeroneon Lv52, Sableye Lv52, Pidgeot G Lv52)
  3749.  
  3750. Sailor Cole (Rapidash [Orange] Lv52) Prize: P1664
  3751.  
  3752. Businessman Jason
  3753. (Wigglytuff Lv53, Alakazam [Orange] Lv53, Venomoth Lv53) Prize: P2544
  3754.  
  3755. Let's go see this show that's going on. The show is sponsored by the Pokemon Association (red flags, red flags everywhere!). P1000 to watch this thing /==./ versus P5000 to increase your Pokemon's Happiness...sounds like a bargain.
  3756.  
  3757. [AL] CHAPTER 09 - FREAK SHOW
  3758. ============================
  3759.  
  3760. There's a battle between a "talking" Clefable and a new Pokemon, Bomfur. So many repeated lines! I don't know what's going on, something about Clefable flying, Bomfour calling Clefable stupid...then something something dark si-- I mean boat. The show ends and people enjoyed it..? Afterwards we can speak to the performers. Aaand it turns out that they're a bunch of scumbags abusing Bomfur. We should smack them around a bit, one of them is sent to battle us.
  3761.  
  3762. Black Belt Kay (Hitmonyan Lv53) Prize: P1272
  3763.  
  3764. The actress, Anne, steps up.
  3765.  
  3766. Lady Anne (Clefable Lv55, Sharpedo [Orange] Lv55) Prize: P11000
  3767.  
  3768. Then the leader of this crew decides he'll end this.
  3769.  
  3770. Ranger Roger Prize: P220
  3771. (Blossomite Lv55, Dynabite Lv55, Aquarius Lv55) [ohh, the final forms of those Starters from Professor Ivy's lab. Not too shabby]
  3772.  
  3773. As they leave, they warn Red that the Pokemon Association and the Board of Directors will hear of this. They will have their revenge! Bomfur has been left behind. Red talks to it, but it runs off. We'll find it in the flower garden to the east of town. Then outside the Day Care Centre. Make sure you have an spare spot on your team :) Join my crew, Bomfur!
  3774.  
  3775. End of Chapter 09 - Freak Show.
  3776.  
  3777. Bomfur is at Level 40, a Water/Fire-type, with the "Storm Drain" Ability and knows Waterfall, Aqua Tail, Lava Plume and Aqua Jet.
  3778.  
  3779. ...and I guess that it? End of the game for now? Hold on! Let's go back home to check out that Memory Sphere Player that Mom got us. Return to Valencia Island and board that big boss blimp for the trip back to Kanto. It is interesting to see the other regions listed as destinations for future trips:
  3780.  
  3781. Johto
  3782. Hoenn
  3783. Nanomi
  3784. Sevii Island
  3785. Sinnoh
  3786. Decolore Achipelago
  3787. Orre
  3788. Mirage Island
  3789. Alola
  3790. Liberty Garden
  3791.  
  3792. Looking forward to going to those places :) once you're back in Pallet Town, go to your room so we can finally see this thing. Unfortunately, despite all the Spheres listed, it seems we don't have a Sphere...even though much earlier we found one, Memory Sphere: Red Chapter - Feebas Evolution, remember? I tried all 3 Red Memory Sphere slots, nothing. Maybe I missed something :/ please let me know.
  3793.  
  3794. Otherwise, it looks like that's it for now. The end of Beta 14.5. No doubt a rollercoaster ride, as you've seen in this walkthrough haha. Any feedback I may have for this game is there too, how I felt, what I experienced and here at the end, I just hope the future Betas will have a better story, with less hiccups. Characters who develop over time and grow, instead of reaching a major point in their own story and next thing they just reset e.g. Blue and to an extent, Green. Red has his moments of buffoonery every now and again, times where I shook my head at his actions or what he says. But at least there's still some hope for him.
  3795.  
  3796. The Bonus Chapter idea was fine but the content...some were better than others. Would've been cool if they all built towards the main story, rather than having some that were pretty much filler.
  3797.  
  3798. I've gone over what I thought about the Teleporter mechanic and not having Fly in the game. Will Fly return in future Betas? I really hope so. Keep the Teleporter mechanic in, but have Fly as well. Same for those HMs like Whirlpool...if they are not needed, then don't have scenarios in the story where we would need them.
  3799.  
  3800. Pop culture references are cool, but seeing that a lot of them really had nothing to do with Pokemon...I stopped caring for them later on in the game. Perhaps they are more suited for younger players haha I can do without spoofs of Katy Perry and Taylor Swift blocking a route just so they can have a rap battle, etc. Had the references been linked to the Pokemon universe e.g. the Dark Relic Bonus Chapter being a nice shout out to an episode from the early anime, or meeting pre-Team Galactic Cyrus in the Pewter Museum and he gets the inspiration to form that team, those are neat references. There's plenty of source material to work with, why not use it?
  3801.  
  3802. But despite that, I liked this game. For the look of it, for giving Kanto a fresh redesign, the mugshots for major characters, for being able to make use of "non canon" Pokemon ("Fakemon" in some circles lol) in ways that made them interesting and worth catching. I'm not a big fan of Fakemon...I play Pokemon games for Pokemon (and with so many of them now, there's plenty to work with for creators). If someone insists on being creative enough to come up with Fakemon, how about creating a whole new game to feature them, instead of making a Pokemon clone? Go that extra mile :) or use them like in this game, where they feel part of the world.
  3803.  
  3804. The HM system was cool, where any Pokemon can use any HM without needing to learn the move. Saves players from hunting for Pokemon that will operate as HM learners or having to travel with Pokemon that have learned specific HMs, and so on. This is the next best thing to having a game where HMs are not needed.
  3805.  
  3806. So you can be sure that I will be covering the next Beta (and beyond?), playing and typing up a walkthrough. Thank you to anyone who took the time out to use this walkthrough, I hope it did the job of helping you and maybe entertained you as well :) it was certainly a journey for me, it being my very first walkthrough and all. It'll probably be the style I'll use for future ones. If there are Pokemon rom hacks (that's what I play for the moment, haven't yet dived into those "fanmade" RPG Maker games) which don't have walkthroughs that you'd like to recommend I do walkthroughs for, drop me an email. They have to be games I've not played before. These are the games I've played so far, under my "revival" (I played a bunch of roms some years ago but I'm going through some of them again since it's been a long time):
  3807.  
  3808. Pokemon Gaia v3.2
  3809. Pokemon Dark Violet [final 2018]
  3810. Pokemon Liquid Crytsal Beta 3.3.00512 [paused, end of Beta]
  3811. Pokemon Korosu
  3812. Pokemon Kanlara Adventures Remastered v1.2 [seems done]
  3813. Pokemon Genesis [Final Beta 4, 19 July '18]
  3814. Pokemon Advanced Adventure
  3815. Pokemon Francium Beta 1 [done]
  3816. Pokemon LightBolt Version Beta 2.1 [10 Apr '18] (end of Beta)
  3817. Pokemon GS Chronicles Beta 1 Build 171118B [17 Nov '18] [end of Beta]
  3818. Pokemon Master Quest [12 Aug '18 Beta] (end of Beta)
  3819. Pokemon Cloud White 1 [didn't finish, I tapped out]
  3820. Pokemon Pokemon Dreary v1.1
  3821. Pokemon Valor 2 Beta 1.3 [paused, stuck]
  3822. Pokemon Sienna Beta 4.1
  3823. Pokemon Adventure Red Chapter Beta 14.5 (30 Jan 2019) [end of Beta]
  3824.  
  3825. Shout out to the creator of the game Aethestode and to Lunos who worked on the guides for Pokemon Locations, TM/HMs, Gifts/Special Events and how to trigger the Bonus Chapters, plus Youtube playthroughs for those Bonus Chapters. Any feedback you have for the game, send it their way at the PokeCommunity. Shout out to Knuckle San at http://gbahacks.blogspot.com for hosting roms like this and helping players out. Any feedback for this walkthrough, you can drop me an email - allenchngnzh22@gmail.com
  3826.  
  3827. Until next time!
  3828.  
  3829. Allen Chingonzoh a.k.a Allen Cee (Allen Ceedos on PokeCommunity)
  3830.  
  3831. 27 March 2019
Add Comment
Please, Sign In to add comment
Public Pastes
We use cookies for various purposes including analytics. By continuing to use Pastebin, you agree to our use of cookies as described in the Cookies Policy.  OK, I Understand
Not a member of Pastebin yet?
Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!